Compare commits

..
876 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
jan.nijtmans 99e9ce3656 Use more TCL_AUTO_LENGTH, when appropriate 2018-10-06 19:20:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d84d03b91a merge trunk 2018-10-06 18:33:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a51d80f377 Merge 8.7 2018-10-06 17:22:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7a674da778 Merge 8.7 2018-10-05 21:22:53 +00:00
dgp 54f90bae0f merge 8.7 2018-10-05 19:41:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c4ab4170b merge trunk 2018-10-04 21:07:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0624d7cbb7 Merge 8.7 2018-10-04 19:27:10 +00:00
sebres 5919affa3d merge 8.7 2018-10-04 08:06:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 024406099a Merge 8.7 2018-10-03 20:19:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b9d97ed6af Merge trunk 2018-09-29 21:56:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 51dbd66fe3 Merge 8.7 2018-09-29 20:52:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6dbdbb7d1b Merge trunk 2018-09-28 19:56:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d2edfcf2bd Merge 8.7 2018-09-28 18:57:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 37b9b4dedc code/doc cleanup 2018-09-28 18:19:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 45d39f0444 ckalloc -> Tcl_Alloc 2018-09-27 21:45:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a29938f899 Merge trunk 2018-09-27 21:36:45 +00:00
dkf b4ae859604 Batch of TIP implementations. 2018-09-27 18:48:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans de5344f487 Merge trunk 2018-09-26 20:09:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ea1a9cc17e Merge 8.7 2018-09-26 19:38:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f36f29ad95 Bug-fix (actually a workaround): The "registry" extensions sometimes calls Tcl_DStringSetLength() with length -1 or -2. At least, don't let it crash then. 2018-09-26 19:34:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f12dda1428 Merge 8.7 2018-09-25 21:18:30 +00:00
dgp 283e5ff856 merge trunk 2018-09-25 15:05:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1f6a76bca6 Merge 8.7 2018-09-24 23:33:00 +00:00
dgp 50bedec272 merge 8.7 2018-09-24 16:35:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9865f6dc47 Merge trunk 2018-09-23 14:57:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 14d9c80d61 Merge 8.7 2018-09-23 13:30:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d298eafcf5 Merge 8.7 2018-09-22 13:19:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b59b81e172 merge-mark 2018-09-22 12:30:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c0b6ad149e merge 8.7 2018-09-22 12:06:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d19917714c merge 8.7 2018-09-22 10:23:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 69eafefa76 merge trunk 2018-09-13 20:52:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 73e0989e22 merge 8.7 2018-09-13 20:52:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2154b6c5ba Merge trunk 2018-09-12 20:00:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 004ac14973 compensate for the removal of the http1.0 directory 2018-09-12 19:44:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4abfb9ea2c Merge 8.7 (TIP #430 implementation) 2018-09-12 19:34:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6e39ca4071 Merge 8.7 2018-09-07 22:27:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c828e5de43 merge trunk 2018-09-07 22:09:00 +00:00
dgp 58b8920b8f merge 8.7 2018-09-07 12:11:45 +00:00
sebres 737e63d3bc merge 8.7 (segfault fix) 2018-09-07 12:04:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 21113a4394 Merge trunk. Also rename TCL_NO_LENGTH -> TCL_AUTO_LENGTH 2018-09-05 14:54:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1f6ac7f87e Merge 8.7.
Change some internal function signatures, accounting for the 64-bit era.
2018-09-05 13:45:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2562ea174b Merge 8.7 2018-09-04 14:37:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3250944e1f merge 8.7 2018-09-03 12:54:42 +00:00
dkf 6b9510ca19 Implement TIP 478: Add Expected Class Level Behaviors to oo::class 2018-09-02 13:48:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ba417d3ce6 Change ckalloc and friends to Tcl_Alloc and friends. Add two defines, TCL_IO_FAILURE and TCL_NO_LENGTH (experimental, still open to be renamed following discussion) 2018-09-01 22:01:35 +00:00
sebres 195f90c951 merge 8.7 2018-08-30 11:16:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e663097026 Minor code cleanup 2018-08-29 18:33:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2c081dcd0c merge trunk 2018-08-29 18:07:14 +00:00
sebres ce1c1edacb merge 8.7 2018-08-29 17:02:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8623f173db Eliminate static function AddObjErrorInfo, which is only used once 2018-08-28 20:30:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e754f7aad1 merge core-8-branch 2018-08-28 18:59:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b880f036f9 merge trunk 2018-08-11 22:02:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 62c8a18cdc Merge 8.7 2018-08-08 06:52:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8ec7000cfd Merge 8.7 2018-08-07 08:23:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1bc2496e01 Merge 8.7 2018-08-02 23:08:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c3cec2c712 Merge trunk. Use TCL_8_COMPAT in stead of TCL_USE_INT_RETURN 2018-08-02 07:35:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6042bb0be1 merge 8.7 2018-07-31 20:36:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 485410de9b merge trunk 2018-07-30 19:00:29 +00:00
sebres e68dfbc8af merge 8.7 2018-07-26 19:10:41 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 5c0692322d Merge 8.7: Add a note in the 'clock' man page about the interpretation of impossible values on [clock scan] 2018-07-21 18:46:08 +00:00
sebres 0704a6f87b merge 8.7 2018-07-20 16:07:43 +00:00
andy 45f814fec7 Minor documentation wording change to clean up an awkward construct 2018-07-18 03:34:14 +00:00
sebres 7547e67f40 merge 8.7 2018-07-12 15:32:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ec3c18e54e Remove 4 unneeded compatibility macro's, because those functions never return -1 anyway.
Change documentation to use void * in stead of ClientData
2018-07-10 19:18:17 +00:00
sebres 40e253fe8a merge 8.7 (merge point only after cherry-pick, no functional changes) 2018-07-10 08:20:40 +00:00
sebres 142fa0ec7c amend to [1830f9f520e2abdd], fixed package.test if built without test - avoids test file error: package "Tcltest" isn't loaded statically 2018-07-09 19:24:07 +00:00
sebres 10c6cd5a2c merge 8.7 2018-07-09 19:09:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9a9c228341 typo in compatibility macro (discovered by compiling Tk) 2018-07-09 18:06:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5f1c7cb11e Don't mark ckalloc and friends as deprecate yet, Tk is still heavily using it 2018-07-09 16:12:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2b4ed03502 Experimental Tcl-8 compatibility macro's. Still to be tested. 2018-07-07 22:39:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 20b21aaa69 Fix build on MacOSX 2018-07-07 20:11:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d4a30d2344 remaining external API. Looks like complete now. Milestone! Still more testing needed 2018-07-06 21:36:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7f445021a0 more progress 2018-07-06 19:53:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 04e4629c9f Merge trunk
Handle TclCopyAndCollapse, *Trace* et al
2018-07-05 21:25:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f74cbbd446 Merge 8.7. Also remove some more unneeded #undef's. 2018-07-05 19:50:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 83fd58165e merge trunk 2018-07-04 21:11:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b4d2fffb28 Merge 8.7 2018-07-04 20:56:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 572883ec08 More size_t API changes (*.decls files are complete now) 2018-07-03 19:24:45 +00:00
andy 535266afa3 Remove stray verbiage from man page 2018-07-03 04:56:43 +00:00
stu cf5a680373 Some tools are executable. 2018-07-03 04:02:23 +00:00
stu 4a0e6ae460 Use INSTALL_*/DIST_INSTALL_* macros to make dist. 2018-07-03 00:45:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 79f1d89388 Use size_t in more API's, e.g. *RegExp* types 2018-07-02 19:39:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b8e604ca08 New macro TclGetByteArrayFromObj() which can handle size_t 2018-07-01 10:31:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 77ba009f38 New macro TclGetUnicodeFromObj() which can handle size_t 2018-07-01 09:11:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3dc03bc4ac Starting to update all callers of TclGetStringFromObj() to use size_t variables 2018-07-01 06:21:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 94741577ee Another round of size_t'isms, this time also for Tcl_DString 2018-06-29 20:28:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 709f9278ff Improve many parsing-related functions to use size_t 2018-06-29 18:13:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5248fb0651 More API changes using size_t. Internal changes not complete yet (WIP) 2018-06-28 21:42:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9478033661 More using TCL_Z_MODIFIER where possible 2018-06-28 20:30:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 66ec3cd3a6 merge trunk 2018-06-27 19:09:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7cb7a44074 merge 8.7 2018-06-26 19:46:07 +00:00
dgp 41a740e30c merge 8.7 2018-06-26 17:18:10 +00:00
dgp 868f84d487 merge 8.7 2018-06-26 14:23:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3c26b9439d merge 8.7 2018-06-25 20:39:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6264f49788 Merge 8.7 2018-06-24 20:27:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9d19f3532c merge 8.7 2018-06-17 16:13:54 +00:00
dkf ffd6cad4d9 Add in basic github meta-files to reduce problems with issues being filed where we don't see them. 2018-06-16 18:08:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c44181ecaf Change signature of Tcl_GetRange() to use size_t. Merge trunk. 2018-06-16 12:32:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 824f621875 merge 8.7 2018-06-15 18:40:46 +00:00
stu ab3286e299 Align common install locations in SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG and SC_PATH_TKCONFIG.
Add FreeBSD (closes [d6d60efd35]) and OpenBSD 8.6 paths.
2018-06-15 10:24:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 14994d8a85 Merge trunk. Some more size_t additions in parameters/fields 2018-06-14 18:31:24 +00:00
dgp 919ec44584 merge 8.7 2018-06-13 16:58:38 +00:00
stu eccaf23657 Don't call getsockname(2) in Tcl_MakeFileChannel(3) unless absolutely necessary.
Closes RFE [0ac9d06895].
Permits better constraining of Tcl/tclsh via OpenBSD's pledge(2) or similar mechanisms.
2018-06-13 16:15:27 +00:00
dgp d8264cbb73 merge 8.7 2018-06-12 17:54:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 57409ec3f0 merge 8.7 2018-06-08 07:00:39 +00:00
pooryorick 30a0e246b6 Give tests more time to finish since valgrind slows things down considerably. 2018-06-07 18:19:15 +00:00
sebres c2634b8813 merge 8.7 2018-06-05 09:12:35 +00:00
dkf accd885c10 TIP 500: Private Methods and Variables in TclOO 2018-06-03 13:18:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e4c4396db2 merge 8.7 2018-05-31 07:18:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 76ffa2482f Merge 8.7 2018-05-30 07:15:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ba6f0054c4 merge 8.7 2018-05-29 07:42:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9ae8deb0b4 merge 8.7 2018-05-27 14:17:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5e1789954d Convert ScanElement/ConvertElement-related functions to use size_t in stead of int 2018-05-27 13:59:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 168a0bba16 Merge 8.7. Modify various other functions to use size_t in stead of int arguments 2018-05-27 12:49:05 +00:00
dgp 50f0f668e5 merge 8.7 2018-05-26 13:21:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 020fea0acd merge trunk 2018-05-25 06:55:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 51ac01d942 merge 8.6 2018-05-25 06:53:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ca0f6f2273 merge trunk 2018-05-23 20:09:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a9e7c22c38 merge 8.7 2018-05-23 19:31:59 +00:00
dgp 94314d3409 merge 8.7 2018-05-23 13:43:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ae73bae096 merge 8.7 2018-05-22 20:57:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7bc7f4397f merge 8.7 2018-05-21 08:13:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 37c4a581ad Merge 8.7, but keep TCL_THREADS undefined in tcl.h (since that's no longer necessary) 2018-05-17 19:05:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cfd3e75337 merge 8.7 2018-05-14 19:20:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 33610dd48f merge 8.7 2018-05-13 13:55:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1f7ca2ff69 de-duplicate code in win32 panic implementation. Also eliminate gcc compiler warning. 2018-05-13 13:54:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c3b1e9053b Merge 8.7 2018-05-11 10:06:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cfb0d67424 merge 8.7 2018-05-11 09:15:24 +00:00
dgp b25aceb078 merge 8.7 2018-05-09 16:01:14 +00:00
dgp 56af8c1770 merge 8.7 2018-05-08 15:22:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 97b08c9a24 merge 8.7 2018-05-07 07:42:03 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín b97b608974 Update TZ info to tzdata2018e. 2018-05-04 19:07:22 +00:00
oehhar 7a91dd767e Syntax error in msgcat documentation fixed. Ticket [af69c6966d] 2018-05-03 16:24:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 48a249a15e merge 8.7 2018-05-01 18:43:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 678622482a Merge 8.7 (= upgrade to Unicode 11 beta) 2018-04-29 21:15:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c23982e3c2 Now really fix [9f3c253df5eec5669673d05fe3a51e4afcf99418|9f3c253df5] : Tcl build broken on Win. (tested on Visual Studio 2017) 2018-04-29 20:02:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a85834a18e Merge 8.7 2018-04-26 08:33:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 36aca800d0 Fix MSVC build [9f3c253df5] 2018-04-25 21:57:27 +00:00
dgp a14cef18c0 merge 8.7 2018-04-25 11:49:20 +00:00
andy b104b5ce6e Merge fork 2018-04-24 23:00:56 +00:00
dgp a794e440ae Merge 8.7 2018-04-24 13:51:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1905291fed merge 8.7 2018-04-23 15:07:29 +00:00
dgp 09a6e8adca merge 8.7 2018-04-23 13:53:04 +00:00
dgp d513bef710 merge 8.7 2018-04-22 13:28:42 +00:00
dgp 751fe9de93 merge 8.7 2018-04-20 16:55:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0569fc46c8 merge 8.7 2018-04-20 10:18:29 +00:00
dgp 697d8c5398 merge 8.7 2018-04-19 02:51:50 +00:00
dgp bdc679352c merge 8.7 2018-04-17 14:39:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b013797f96 Merge trunk. Update (internal) Trim* functions to use size_t 2018-04-16 23:01:00 +00:00
dgp e42804a0c2 merge 8.7 2018-04-16 13:41:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 368acc3d50 Fix [9f3c253df5eec5669673d05fe3a51e4afcf99418|9f3c253df5]: Tcl build broken on Win. Re-introduce TCL_NORETURN1, apparently still needed on MSVC. 2018-04-15 23:06:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5bef70bd07 Merge trunk 2018-04-15 22:01:00 +00:00
andy 4f69e81ae0 Fix documentation typo 2018-04-12 01:58:52 +00:00
dgp 50698aacbf merge 8.7 2018-04-05 17:59:28 +00:00
dgp b86f569b11 merge 8.7 2018-04-05 15:38:14 +00:00
dgp 754c5a5fe1 merge 8.7 2018-04-05 13:36:34 +00:00
dgp 4cc60d34fb merge 8.7 2018-03-30 20:08:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e1e6b685fd merge 8.7 2018-03-25 19:21:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cc19135f2e merge 8.7 2018-03-25 17:43:52 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín 2cf7904bd2 Update TZ info to tzdata2018d. 2018-03-24 10:22:06 +00:00
dgp 84fe9556f1 merge 8.7 2018-03-20 19:58:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c20405e576 Merge-mark (here makefile.vc still had the correct CRLF line-endings) 2018-03-15 21:02:00 +00:00
dgp 795355ee43 merge 8.7 2018-03-15 11:11:33 +00:00
dgp 2977f2ab44 merge 8.7 2018-03-15 00:01:37 +00:00
dgp 8ecdd7277d merege 8.7 2018-03-14 18:09:20 +00:00
dgp 93e9d2457c merge 8.7 2018-03-14 17:21:29 +00:00
dgp 3f7e1dc18f merge 8.7 2018-03-14 16:17:48 +00:00
dgp 6111cf68fe merge 8.7 2018-03-14 05:51:18 +00:00
dgp f8081ac245 merge 8.7 2018-03-13 17:30:00 +00:00
dgp a14ab9eecb merge 8.7 2018-03-12 16:00:11 +00:00
dgp ccb7c3b60b merge 8.7 2018-03-12 14:49:44 +00:00
dgp c5ae3a0a2d merge 8.7 2018-03-11 21:42:22 +00:00
dgp c7e8d507d9 merge 8.7 2018-03-11 12:33:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cb242c0d50 Merge 8.7 2018-03-07 21:41:00 +00:00
dgp 24c4a4cc6e Remove all the code supporting legacy opcodes.
Restructure to pave the way for re-ordering the opcode table, if we can
agree that some other order is better.
2018-03-06 13:37:22 +00:00
dgp 683e97521e merge 8.7 2018-03-06 13:21:10 +00:00
dgp e5f3c1495b Compiler warning in a --enable-symbols=compile build 2018-03-06 12:10:45 +00:00
dgp 057d325d35 Remove disabled code and reformat. 2018-03-06 12:02:11 +00:00
dgp 54654ae7e4 Convert macros to enums - constrained by need for matching table. 2018-03-06 05:27:21 +00:00
dgp a6dd04e6da experiment 2018-03-06 04:08:54 +00:00
dgp 14a3439dd8 Remove all code supporting legacy instructions. 2018-03-05 22:16:03 +00:00
dgp 695856b85c unbreak 2018-03-05 20:58:32 +00:00
dgp d07756fc70 WIP removing bytecode instructions that are no longer issued. 2018-03-05 20:30:38 +00:00
dgp 79c79df0e1 merge 8.7 2018-03-05 20:05:45 +00:00
dgp 2e1e641d75 merge 8.7 2018-03-05 17:16:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans aef69d0b0f Merge 8.7 2018-03-01 22:37:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bfb19782c9 Merge 8.7 2018-03-01 21:06:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2461121868 Merge trunk 2018-02-27 21:55:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b31a3b3d70 Merge 8.7 2018-02-27 21:12:00 +00:00
dgp fa036d2b99 merge 8.7 2018-02-23 18:10:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0744802578 merge trunk 2018-02-22 21:17:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f5bf130f05 merge core-8-branch 2018-02-22 20:09:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 701d9dbe89 Use internalRep.wideValue as internal representation for booleans. This simplifies the handling of "int" resp "boolean", sharing its internal representation. 2018-02-15 19:54:00 +00:00
dgp 64ef84994a merge 8.7 2018-02-15 18:30:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 494a47ee6e Merge core-8-branch 2018-02-14 22:42:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f9a0feeb4b fix test-cases, account for differences between Tcl 8.7 and 9.0 2018-02-14 20:59:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fcfee868a9 merge core-8-branch 2018-02-14 20:43:51 +00:00
dgp e4364f45cc merge 8.7 2018-02-14 14:50:24 +00:00
dgp 967136cc0f merge 8.7 2018-02-09 18:52:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5335ab79e5 remove unused stub entries (now that those are macros)
Moved checkin off trunk onto dev branch jn-unused-stubs
because it causes many test suite segfaults, apparently
releated to Tcl_Channels.

Moved back onto trunk. segfaults came from a prior install
of the Thread package that became imcompatible with this
change in the stubs table.  Will followup on TCLCORE.
2018-02-06 22:43:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cb2f9cccfb Some more complient API changes 2018-02-06 21:20:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 346aa04836 merge trunk 2018-02-06 21:08:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6ce7eb980b merge core-8-branch 2018-02-06 20:54:35 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín 6bd80d67e4 Update TZ info to tzdata2018c. 2018-02-02 09:21:35 +00:00
apnadkarni e905a75c0f Fix INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR def when building against Tcl source. Bump rules.vc to 1.2 2018-02-02 06:18:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 66b69b8d36 Change Tcl_Token definition (int -> size_t). Many related code-changes. 2018-01-31 12:18:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8a2f752e51 merge trunk 2018-01-29 15:05:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ee2574ddce merge core-8-branch 2018-01-29 15:04:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cc74cb8525 merge trunk 2018-01-29 11:36:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e543dbc09c merge core-8-branch 2018-01-26 10:26:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 32aa419154 merge core-8-branch 2018-01-24 10:01:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 010f610a80 Don't register oldBooleanType any more. And rename "booleanString" to "boolean" in tclBooleanType. 2018-01-23 15:02:28 +00:00
dgp 102d58a165 merge mark 2018-01-22 13:43:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3c6933efc0 merge core-8-branch. Declare CONST86 as deprecated in Tcl 9.0 2018-01-20 16:08:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a43cab006e No longer use (the undocumented) CONST86 anywhere, just keep the define in tcl.h. 2018-01-19 16:08:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 93fa41f6c7 Now really remove Tcl_EvalTokens/Tcl_Backslash as promised in the TIP.
And remove library/tzdata/SystemV/* which contains non-standard timezones. See: [d3c5f2eb2ff63f10] They were originally gone since the tzdata2014f update, but it's unwise to do that in a patch release.
Some documentation updates.
2018-01-19 15:17:45 +00:00
stu eb5da6ae82 OpenBSD now has AI_ADDRCONFIG. 2018-01-17 19:01:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4786f9814b clean-up some more remainings of the Itcl hack. Taken over from "novem". 2018-01-17 16:01:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d695e02d2f Remove obsolete documentation (belonging to now-removed functions). Remove obsolete 8.4 bytecodes. And a few other (internal) macro's which are no longer in use. 2018-01-17 14:17:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1c58e29da2 Remove Tcl_CaseObjCmd from tclInt.h as well (was missing in previous commit) 2018-01-17 12:56:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ed6aa022a6 TIP #485 implementation, Tcl 9.0 part: Realy remove code which was declared deprecated in 8.7 2018-01-17 12:45:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0019582fd2 merge core-8-branch 2018-01-12 11:18:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d34c6b6526 merge core-8-branch 2018-01-10 14:33:54 +00:00
pooryorick b40ed15606 Rearrange a few lines TclRenameCommand to reduce operations. 2018-01-08 17:36:00 +00:00
dgp 904582dd30 merge 8.7 2018-01-04 02:40:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1402f26fc8 New Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct signature using size_t 2017-12-28 23:23:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 69384ff89c Fix compilation using -DUSE_TCLALLOC=1 2017-12-28 22:49:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3a84b4db7e merge trunk 2017-12-28 21:59:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d08f08a24d merge core-8-branch 2017-12-28 21:16:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7172ae9071 merge core-8-branch 2017-12-28 18:53:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 69be965a23 change ClientData -> void * in a lot of places (mainly header files) 2017-12-28 11:32:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3408294224 Merge trunk.
Rename Tcl_MemAlloc and friends back to Tcl_Alloc, as this renaming turns out not to be necessary.
Make everything compile/run with TCL_MEM_DEBUG=1 (a few signatures were still not correct)
2017-12-27 21:41:31 +00:00
pooryorick 63224df965 TclOO: Remove unneeded name manipulation from TclOOCopyObjectCmd. 2017-12-26 12:54:00 +00:00
apnadkarni b067895cc4 Merged core-8-branch: replace ifdef TCLDIR with compare against empty string 2017-12-26 03:33:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e754f70125 merge core-8-branch 2017-12-23 18:41:29 +00:00
apnadkarni 2a5955ee50 Merge nmake rules 1.1 2017-12-23 08:05:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9694587a1a merge trunk 2017-12-22 15:52:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 264c508ca4 merge core-8-branch 2017-12-22 15:48:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7fdcf0c76d merge-mark 2017-12-21 07:51:08 +00:00
pooryorick 7835ba29c7 Further fix for issue [ba1419303b4c]: Delete a namespace for an ensemble having a
deletion trace deletes its namespace: segmentation fault.
2017-12-20 18:22:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8bafabac98 merge trunk 2017-12-20 13:38:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a15b801bfb Remove the Tcl_FindHashEntry/Tcl_CreateHashEntry stub entries, as those are actually macro's. 2017-12-20 12:30:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1b40a62611 Change hash/index/mask fields to type "unsigned int", because that's how hash values are generally stored. This eliminates the need for PTR2UINT/UINT2PTR in various places. 2017-12-20 12:02:34 +00:00
pooryorick 2bfe68441a Fix for issue [ba1419303b4c]: Delete a namespace for an ensemble having a deletion
trace deletes its namespace: segmentation fault.
2017-12-20 09:19:59 +00:00
dgp 82512215ff [586e71dce4] Exeception handling at level #0 by EvalObjv 2017-12-19 21:00:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a430544f4a merge core-8-branch. Also change some internal refCount's from int to size_t. 2017-12-19 12:23:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0a2389d0ab merge core-8-branch 2017-12-18 11:48:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4a98f5042e merge-mark 2017-12-15 21:28:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1bcaf97bfd merge trunk 2017-12-15 19:55:16 +00:00
dgp 62545de5ce merge mark 2017-12-15 17:04:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ab6e69444f Merge TIP #488 implementation.
Some clean-up in tommath implementation (remove internal stub entries which are no longer needed)
2017-12-15 15:02:42 +00:00
apnadkarni 8bc8d823bb core-8-branch merge: Use nmakehlp -L to locate directories 2017-12-13 10:34:58 +00:00
apnadkarni 0ebe3d394d Add -L option to nmakehlp to locate directories 2017-12-12 17:34:13 +00:00
apnadkarni 5501e78098 Merge from core-8-branch - install stubs and headers where present 2017-12-11 16:42:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5de1c8c6a5 merge core-8-branch 2017-12-10 14:39:00 +00:00
pooryorick e58661a87e Ensure that an automatically-named TclOO object has the same name as its
namespace.
2017-12-10 00:01:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5b605792cb merge core-8-branch.
Remove stub entry for TclWinGetPlatformId(), as it is no longer needed. Is a macro now.
2017-12-09 16:13:58 +00:00
apnadkarni 5724764152 TIP477 merge: reformed nmake build system 2017-12-08 16:54:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ae26eec096 merge 8.7 2017-12-07 12:36:16 +00:00
dgp 2623503549 merge 8.7 2017-12-06 20:48:49 +00:00
dgp a7bb7b19d6 merge 8.7 2017-12-06 20:03:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans acb6a88df5 doc fixes 2017-12-06 15:40:52 +00:00
dgp 1e64c9f8b2 Adapt the bytearray accommodation of Tcl_CharLength() for 8.7+. 2017-12-06 13:28:48 +00:00
dgp b68bab17c0 [ce3a211dcb] Failed file normalize when tail is empty string. 2017-12-06 13:07:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a49d61a64c merge-mark "novem-bighash": just mark that the contents of this branch are already integrated in the memory-API branch. 2017-12-06 13:02:49 +00:00
dgp b6b032fc3b [4f6a1ebd64] Stop crash when same value passed to the -map and -subcommands options of ensemble configuration. 2017-12-05 15:59:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 71c032c816 merge trunk 2017-12-01 15:03:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 200910b9c1 merge core-8-branch. Various cleanup: unused structure names, unused #defines. Change some "epoch"-related fields from int to size_t. Nothing functional. 2017-12-01 13:53:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0bd09c4106 remove many test-cases related to tcl_precision 2017-12-01 12:24:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ff91f80124 TIP 488: Remove tcl_precision 2017-12-01 11:55:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e802927981 Remove stub entries for Tcl_EvalObj()/Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(). Since those functions are actually macro's translating to Tcl_EvalObjEx(), those stub entries don't serve any purpose any more. 2017-12-01 11:03:43 +00:00
dgp 9d4d161834 merge 8.7 2017-11-30 17:29:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 111f52def6 merge-mark 2017-11-30 15:27:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9dd792a540 8.[67] -> 9.0 in a few more places 2017-11-30 14:48:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 20bbe0a790 merge core-8-branch 2017-11-30 14:38:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 94b624f11c merge core-8-branch 2017-11-30 13:23:10 +00:00
dgp 5a9014a650 Follow header file conventions. 2017-11-29 15:19:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a6a61c4ca6 merge core-8-branch 2017-11-29 12:32:38 +00:00
pspjuth 121654ecd8 merge core-8-branch 2017-11-21 22:47:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4bf4b7d35c merge trunk 2017-11-21 10:16:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d0e9170c39 Remove TclCopyChannelOld() function. Should have been part of [b03c4194f001be0b|this] earlier commit. 2017-11-20 12:13:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 75a121d773 merge core-8-branch 2017-11-20 10:23:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans adc8a8bbdf merge core-8-branch 2017-11-20 09:28:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 466e0f29c3 TIP #422, Tcl 9.0 part: Don't Use stdarg.h/va_list in Public API 2017-11-17 10:50:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9672bba339 Change TclOO epoch fields from int to size_t. 2017-11-16 15:34:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fd3fbe8801 Handle Tcl_UtfAtIndex/Tcl_UniCharAtIndex for extended index range. More field fixes. 2017-11-16 13:50:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5534478fa1 re-base "novem-more-memory-API" to trunk. TIP not submitted yet, but upcoming. 2017-11-16 11:17:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans de0ff2272e merge core-8-branch 2017-11-15 10:01:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b9216a9c1f merge core-8-branch 2017-11-15 08:56:25 +00:00
dgp 43f411afeb [5d6de65036] [package require] with [package prefer stable] was not choosing available stable package. 2017-11-14 17:24:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a35ad3e794 Remove extra.unused2 field from struct Interp. It really is unused ... 2017-11-14 10:00:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7dec4a7fc5 merge novem 2017-11-13 15:53:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7590c5df93 Add back Tcl_Backslash(). Will be removed again when TIP #485 is brought in. Also revert some other API changes (unsigned long -> size_t), for which TIP's are still to be written. 2017-11-13 15:34:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7cfe36d9ae merge novem 2017-11-13 11:47:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1ce0780915 merge trunk 2017-11-13 11:25:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cd80622d5e merge core-8-branch 2017-11-13 11:17:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c515382280 merge trunk 2017-11-13 09:43:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 26c5e61700 merge tcl-9-cleanup (and also a minor bug-fix from core-8-branch). 2017-11-13 08:59:59 +00:00
dgp de9a7da4ba merge trunk 2017-11-09 14:40:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d6acf8cfea merge trunk 2017-11-09 12:52:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c1f627b31e Fogot to remove the TclWinSetInterfaces() implementation. 2017-11-09 09:02:44 +00:00
dgp 4ed027b7bc merge trunk 2017-11-08 18:58:31 +00:00
dgp 258b9f4333 Also remove panicVA(). 2017-11-08 18:52:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a31c699833 Forgot TclpGetTime() 2017-11-08 16:12:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c9ce91ef5 Tcl-9 huge cleanup: Remove many unused internal functions which do nothing more than occupy the internal stub table. 2017-11-08 15:50:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 91229781db merge trunk 2017-11-08 09:40:33 +00:00
dgp dee7abd87b merge trunk 2017-11-08 03:23:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c38755a732 Re-base TIP #422 implementation to trunk. Remove Tcl_VarEvalVA() as well. TIP #422 is adapted accordingly. 2017-11-07 09:33:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7417e2c917 merge trunk 2017-11-06 14:55:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6222dc31ab merge-mark 2017-11-05 14:32:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7e1ea05d53 merge trunk 2017-11-05 14:24:46 +00:00
dgp 728286b43f merge trunk 2017-11-03 19:25:33 +00:00
dgp ca080daf7f merge trunk 2017-11-02 12:53:06 +00:00
dgp 9c75e1c5f8 TIP 422 implementation (rebase of branch novem-remove-va to trunk). 2017-11-01 14:46:28 +00:00
dgp 1d920f34c6 TIP 278 into novem. 2017-10-30 12:48:40 +00:00
dgp 2bc2789f8f TIP 345 into novem. 2017-10-30 12:43:33 +00:00
dgp c83d36abf0 merge trunk 2017-10-30 03:29:05 +00:00
dgp eda3104306 merge trunk 2017-10-27 15:20:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3303fbcef8 merge trunk 2017-10-24 13:57:21 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 5db79312af Historical change affecting tests: Detroit did not observe Daylight Saving Time in 1967 2017-10-24 13:35:40 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín 4f74d92f32 Update TZ info to tzcode2017c. 2017-10-23 17:12:00 +00:00
dgp d0c85905c4 merge trunk: 2017-10-20 12:34:45 +00:00
dgp 48ebe9c855 merge trunk 2017-10-13 16:39:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1152be81e6 merge novem 2017-10-12 15:23:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b11f15674d merge trunk 2017-10-12 15:21:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans aa484cae05 merge novem 2017-10-11 14:09:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 33538b8595 merge trunk 2017-10-09 14:28:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b54c19492b merge trunk 2017-10-09 12:55:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7b1579d769 Merge trunk 2017-10-03 09:12:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3b96c2260e Remove coffbase.txt and all references to it: It's not recommended by Microsoft any more. 2017-09-26 09:05:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 99b72814d3 merge trunk 2017-09-22 08:49:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4284797dbb merge trunk 2017-09-20 09:22:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6a606d16fd merge trunk 2017-09-20 09:09:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 20677d90b8 merge trunk 2017-09-18 14:39:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6f2b60cb33 merge trunk 2017-09-18 12:54:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b608ba3fa4 Merge trunk 2017-09-18 10:07:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c1d1afd473 merge trunk 2017-09-15 13:36:31 +00:00
dgp c0aed167b8 merge trunk 2017-09-14 14:02:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 17d410dd99 merge trunk 2017-09-14 08:06:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ff718174aa Merge trunk 2017-09-13 10:42:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1d028fa4e9 merge novem 2017-09-11 13:21:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2556e9b109 merge trunk 2017-09-11 11:21:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0d0ab7f829 merge novem 2017-09-10 13:35:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 75d248f10f Merge trunk 2017-09-09 16:26:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c4a6da31ec merge trunk 2017-09-04 14:03:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 29821af817 merge trunk 2017-08-31 13:57:29 +00:00
oehhar 2b0e7061f5 http state 100 continue handling broken [2a94652ee1] 2017-08-31 09:46:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fc88994cde merge trunk 2017-08-31 08:41:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a0fe6c0579 merge trunk 2017-08-30 11:49:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f4c2386551 Merge trunk 2017-08-29 09:19:21 +00:00
dgp 83cbe41d4c merge trunk 2017-08-18 13:23:34 +00:00
andy 8bd48049f9 Merge trunk 2017-08-08 16:39:25 +00:00
dgp dfd143bc6b merge trunk 2017-08-04 13:19:31 +00:00
dgp dcf71727af merge trunk 2017-07-18 13:34:16 +00:00
dgp 5ebb774188 merge trunk 2017-07-06 16:52:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5f88824dc9 merge trunk 2017-07-03 12:46:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9dc2ed96d1 merge trunk 2017-07-03 08:32:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7cf3a976b9 merge trunk 2017-06-28 13:45:13 +00:00
dgp e6e15c60ca merge trunk 2017-06-26 20:13:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans de7fffb534 merge trunk 2017-06-23 15:05:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 770651efae Merge trunk (but without %#d format, pending further decision and bug-fixing) 2017-06-23 09:14:38 +00:00
dgp cbe13543e4 merge trunk 2017-06-22 13:41:03 +00:00
dgp ba1388e7ae Silence compiler warning 2017-06-19 18:04:23 +00:00
dgp 0e99e9b2f2 Merge trunk. Improve test http-4.16 in robustness and result utility. 2017-06-19 17:56:54 +00:00
dgp c280d65fd0 merge trunk 2017-06-16 20:35:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4ac08a5375 merge novem 2017-06-09 11:48:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 54043c0ee1 merge trunk 2017-06-09 11:17:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ea967c949e merge trunk 2017-06-08 12:59:45 +00:00
dgp 4dc66d90aa merge trunk 2017-06-06 15:51:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0f81412091 merge trunk 2017-06-06 09:25:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 43f72f639e merge trunk 2017-06-02 11:08:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 242f56b093 merge trunk 2017-05-29 13:16:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c2e3653931 merge trunk 2017-05-22 09:17:48 +00:00
dgp 9cbaed4d46 merge trunk 2017-05-19 13:00:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 57c30acc7f merge trunk 2017-05-18 12:36:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 34944b264b merge trunk 2017-05-12 15:34:42 +00:00
dgp 3f00b2490d merge trunk 2017-05-08 16:22:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0aeb0313c3 Merge trunk 2017-05-04 12:39:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f9abf48ecf merge novem 2017-05-04 11:35:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 01c5c4ed35 merge trunk 2017-05-04 10:42:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans da02e63f0a Merge trunk 2017-05-01 08:47:57 +00:00
dgp 76e8da363b merge trunk 2017-04-27 12:54:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a3445370e1 merge trunk 2017-04-20 14:47:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fd86d4e6c9 merge trunk 2017-04-20 11:47:51 +00:00
dgp 8c56790861 merge trunk 2017-04-17 12:42:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ee6b4f6be2 merge trunk 2017-04-14 09:07:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0e01219533 merge trunk 2017-04-12 14:33:26 +00:00
dgp 18a7f14fd0 merge trunk 2017-04-12 13:28:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6f1a613456 merge trunk 2017-04-12 12:34:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ab6259370e merge trunk 2017-04-11 15:35:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ede10ae95d merge trunk 2017-04-11 10:04:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6db7cf0c22 merge-mark. No changes. 2017-04-06 15:27:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 72fc97ca20 Merge trunk (no actual modifications). Some 8.6 -> 9.0 version changes which still were forgotten. 2017-04-06 12:47:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8648956074 merge trunk 2017-04-06 07:45:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8a4445438c merge trunk 2017-03-31 15:18:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bbbd34fc38 merge trunk 2017-03-31 09:20:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f01bb0828e merge trunk 2017-03-29 14:56:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 190dc679f6 Merge trunk 2017-03-29 12:20:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 12be86ca29 merge trunk 2017-03-27 13:04:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bd92acfbe8 Merge trunk 2017-03-24 09:52:13 +00:00
José Ignacio Marín b3090df235 merge trunk 2017-03-23 08:45:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b72bf907ec Merge trunk. 2017-03-21 09:05:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c8a4b8f057 Merge trunk 2017-03-20 10:31:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3daba65c64 Merge trunk 2017-03-17 12:34:45 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 6649fab762 Compile [clock clicks], [clock microseconds], [clock milliseconds] and [clock seconds]. 2017-03-15 02:41:51 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 3d5f0518ca Make 'clock' and 'encoding' into compilable ensembles that play with safe interps 2017-03-14 22:30:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9ab57fce05 merge trunk 2017-03-13 09:16:55 +00:00
dgp a69a45201b merge trunk 2017-03-10 17:20:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 65775144bb merge trunk 2017-03-08 12:08:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 99f1cb58e8 merge trunk 2017-03-07 08:58:29 +00:00
dgp 2cc5f1ab51 merge trunk 2017-03-06 17:37:13 +00:00
dgp 04ff99c8e5 merge trunk 2017-02-27 15:09:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b667a58dab More internal use of size_t in stead of int (e.g. in many 'epoch's) 2017-02-22 09:07:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a0aef631dd merge trunk 2017-02-15 14:08:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 80893d2ca7 merge trunk 2017-02-14 14:26:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans da2aacb75f merge trunk 2017-02-08 22:02:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 773b4febf2 Shortcut in TclParseNumber(): If obj is a dict or list, don't bother to generate the string representation if we know already beforehand that the parsing will fail. 2017-02-08 14:40:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5bb280ce2f merge trunk 2017-02-07 12:28:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2adba3032c merge trunk 2017-02-03 14:40:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0a378930a3 merge trunk 2017-02-03 14:03:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c915433671 Fix [d0f7ba56f0e8f93b7efb5b09ebc30a824bdd577a|d0f7ba56f0]: INST_EQ first-argument NaN shortcut is too aggressive 2017-02-01 14:56:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d90ca33b91 merge trunk 2017-01-31 13:46:03 +00:00
dgp 44ec4c77c1 merge trunk 2017-01-27 17:45:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e917f5db4a Convert Tcl_SetResult() to a macro 2017-01-25 12:50:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d6418172e0 Put back counter in test-case, so we can see if TestsaveresultFree() was actually called or not. 2017-01-24 15:42:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fd5d15f9df merge trunk 2017-01-20 16:22:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d2724ffe92 merge trunk 2017-01-18 13:12:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ce1ad42e8f merge trunk 2017-01-17 10:06:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d62bcbc611 merge trunk 2017-01-16 11:59:03 +00:00
venkat 4434540502 Merge IETF tzdata2016j 2017-01-14 08:47:39 +00:00
dgp 1c1f866bac merge trunk 2017-01-13 16:23:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 255a9e3bf7 merge trunk 2017-01-12 10:37:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e8edeca09d merge trunk 2017-01-11 14:39:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans eeb500cf5a Merge trunk 2017-01-06 10:32:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6312f7bf4f Merge trunk 2017-01-05 15:25:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans da2ee554de merge trunk 2017-01-04 13:01:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bd7f2bebde merge trunk 2017-01-01 19:50:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 29ea02d93b merge trunk 2016-12-23 15:49:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c4eb9d121 Deprecate otherValuePtr and ptrAndLongRep. Some more minor tweaks. 2016-12-23 10:07:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9394984c31 merge novem 2016-12-23 09:32:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dedbad2748 merge trunk 2016-12-23 09:11:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a7951ab2ad Merge trunk 2016-12-21 09:20:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a728d03f7d merge novem 2016-12-19 10:42:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 89f9758279 merge trunk 2016-12-19 09:14:06 +00:00
dgp d58a6ddbc3 merge trunk 2016-12-06 12:46:11 +00:00
dgp 32b482d3bf merge trunk 2016-12-02 19:02:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 99d0691f57 merge-mark 2016-12-02 14:53:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1f666c7ab2 merge trunk 2016-12-02 14:46:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 389ad9987b Fix installation of platform/shell-1.1.4.tm on Windows (platform directory was still missing) 2016-12-01 12:32:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9bf56063c6 merge trunk 2016-12-01 11:46:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6b83d829a8 More internal use of size_t. Eliminate unused "isBin" argument from TclpSysAlloc() 2016-12-01 11:20:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e3c8777128 Merge trunk 2016-11-30 14:27:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bc59d1ce4e merge trunk 2016-11-29 13:08:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dd1acb8d65 merge trunk 2016-11-29 12:26:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ae7596981b merge trunk 2016-11-25 12:58:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5f291bc906 merge trunk 2016-11-24 20:31:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 82903a4b1f merge novem 2016-11-24 12:41:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2290210ff1 merge trunk.
Make epoch in Tcl_DictSearch "unsigned int". This doubles the epoch range here. Use 0 as special value in stead of -1 (so start counting epoch's with 1).
2016-11-24 11:57:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 53f3b03647 Merge trunk. More internal use of size_t in stead of int (or long) 2016-11-21 10:40:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 450b6f46c9 merge novem 2016-11-18 12:10:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans edcac92c08 Merge trunk 2016-11-18 11:15:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 630767b5f7 merge trunk 2016-11-17 16:27:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ad9db3faad Merge trunk 2016-11-17 09:34:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 56d57b9530 merge trunk 2016-11-16 11:17:13 +00:00
venkat d80bf0e7a3 Merge tzdata2016i from IETF 2016-11-12 11:20:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e6b26af8f3 merge trunk 2016-11-11 15:18:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans de9d0bbd20 merge trunk 2016-11-10 15:13:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 20880c7ce9 merge trunk 2016-11-04 11:53:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 55c589e2de merge trunk 2016-11-04 11:41:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e7ef344d8b Merge trunk (Update http version number to 2.8.10, due to [838e99a76d]) 2016-11-02 12:50:26 +00:00
dgp 14c4066381 merge trunk 2016-11-01 16:29:37 +00:00
venkat 06236552b6 Merge timezone data tzdata2016h 2016-10-26 08:07:39 +00:00
dgp 17cafef755 merge trunk 2016-10-21 13:25:15 +00:00
dgp 24109a18e4 merge trunk 2016-10-13 17:03:38 +00:00
dgp 4312e69dfe merge trunk 2016-10-12 14:01:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c590fa6a6 merge trunk 2016-10-11 21:53:43 +00:00
dgp 46cdee3dc8 Update new tests in light of octal death. 2016-10-11 18:22:08 +00:00
dgp 97f59556af merge trunk 2016-10-11 18:19:33 +00:00
dgp ba2e43e953 merge trunk 2016-10-07 13:11:24 +00:00
dgp 3e12c54039 merge trunk 2016-10-04 18:48:17 +00:00
venkat 4a1f444c9f Merge tzdata2016g from ietf.org 2016-10-02 19:28:22 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 87e3de423c merge trunk 2016-09-21 09:29:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 56b804fc38 merge trunk 2016-09-16 09:11:09 +00:00
dgp 30a4dc04bb Maintain the changed behavior for unset traces on local vars at proc return.
Update the docs to new function.
2016-09-09 12:39:27 +00:00
gahr bda3724396 merge trunk 2016-09-09 07:31:48 +00:00
dgp 33ceb47046 compiler warning 2016-09-08 20:04:51 +00:00
dgp 1ac6780aed merge trunk 2016-09-08 02:48:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 373ad7ed6c merge trunk 2016-09-07 14:03:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b2416bd570 merge trunk 2016-09-05 13:57:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c69560787b merge trunk 2016-08-30 13:12:09 +00:00
dgp d6656fada6 merge trunk 2016-07-26 19:22:05 +00:00
dgp 7a324dfa87 merge trunk 2016-07-21 17:25:04 +00:00
venkat aefd27f95c Merge tzdata 2016f from ietf.org 2016-07-20 03:06:37 +00:00
dgp 2a8bbefa69 merge trunk 2016-07-18 17:15:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6abb3012d4 Merge novem 2016-07-13 13:06:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a5748bcfea Merge trunk 2016-07-12 14:40:12 +00:00
dgp f01fb783f1 merge trunk 2016-07-11 22:04:56 +00:00
dgp 32967bf1a1 merge trunk 2016-07-10 19:36:41 +00:00
dgp 71d97d21ac merge trunk 2016-07-09 19:08:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4783b95fdf merge trunk 2016-07-08 10:34:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d5259dab01 Use TCL_HASH_TYPE #define for compatibility with Tcl8 in stead of TCL_HASH_KEY_TYPE_VERSION_2 2016-07-08 09:46:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 26562de083 Adapt hash-function and hash-table to allow hash-tables to grow >1Gb on 64-bit platforms. 2016-07-08 06:56:17 +00:00
dgp 276fee0021 Fully fix old bug [a16752c252] that has been only partially fixed until now
to support legacy tclcompiler binaries.  That no longer makes sense for Tcl 9.
2016-07-07 17:00:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9b9795105f merge trunk 2016-07-07 07:54:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans abd0c671e8 Unnecessary #undef and unnecessary type cast. 2016-07-06 15:10:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4d9fc11c2f Make epoch in ProcessGlobalValue a size_t 2016-07-06 10:09:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b294401d2f merge novem 2016-07-06 09:23:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 841ec05ecc Merge trunk. Some more internal use of size_t in stead of int. 2016-07-05 09:56:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3864f4ec46 Merge trunk 2016-07-04 08:46:41 +00:00
dgp 46f047fba1 merge trunk 2016-07-02 20:19:07 +00:00
dgp 13269b1224 merge trunk 2016-07-01 20:39:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 16762d4246 Merge trunk 2016-07-01 14:14:19 +00:00
dgp deaaa2ccd1 merge trunk; eliminate legacy hacks for Itcl 3; migration paths in place. 2016-07-01 13:36:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d1f3e49057 Merge trunk 2016-07-01 08:33:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0f90e86f25 Merge trunk 2016-06-30 13:53:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 00d621dfe0 Take over tclStringObj.c from trunk (not all changes there landed in novem) 2016-06-30 12:33:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4139aa785c Make test-cases pass again 2016-06-30 12:18:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b2d284393d Merge trunk 2016-06-29 15:52:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 99a50b95e5 Unicode rep en Tcl_Obj length: int -> size_t 2016-06-28 15:22:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 85f253bc82 Merge trunk 2016-06-28 13:44:33 +00:00
dgp 0659ddeafe merge trunk 2016-06-27 20:38:16 +00:00
dgp 3d4ff3d7da merge trunk 2016-06-27 19:21:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3615ba88e1 Merge trunk. Make magic stub value different for 64-bit builds, as this can never be stub-compatible with 32-bit builds. 2016-06-27 10:25:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2812be6504 merge trunk 2016-06-26 09:07:51 +00:00
dgp 6f51e05c87 merge trunk 2016-06-23 12:23:03 +00:00
dgp 1dab75c685 merge trunk 2016-06-22 18:40:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8820f08be6 Merge trunk 2016-06-21 10:02:35 +00:00
dgp 958ee08b1a merge trunk 2016-06-16 18:28:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e12f438c54 merge trunk 2016-06-14 10:01:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e5b61b139f merge trunk 2016-06-02 14:59:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c93108a05 Merge trunk 2016-06-02 14:19:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dad8ec6ec5 Merge trunk 2016-06-01 12:20:55 +00:00
dgp 2f61163e6f merge trunk 2016-05-24 12:02:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ce6cc21d0d Merge trunk 2016-05-13 09:21:55 +00:00
dgp 2fa7a2f487 merge trunk 2016-05-03 15:14:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans db5f9d232c merge trunk 2016-04-24 16:04:16 +00:00
venkat b862d349ec Update to tzdata2016d from IETF 2016-04-22 19:49:54 +00:00
dgp 24acc0b24d merge trunk 2016-04-12 12:15:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 66c5d3e943 merge trunk 2016-04-10 16:01:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d2dabcff9e merge trunk 2016-04-08 13:31:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5873cf9d02 merge trunk 2016-04-08 12:29:11 +00:00
dgp fdc5dd1154 merge trunk 2016-04-07 14:57:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1f02202956 Update all Unicode tables to version 9.0 beta 2016-04-06 10:38:05 +00:00
dgp f7e5d7a25e merge trunk 2016-04-05 12:07:38 +00:00
dgp eccaf4b672 merge trunk 2016-04-04 16:11:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 21ee9bfd9a Merge trunk. Remove excess spacing. 2016-04-01 13:09:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans eba6ef86a9 merge trunk 2016-04-01 12:00:36 +00:00
dgp 890c05b713 merge trunk 2016-03-29 12:07:16 +00:00
dgp 4baa83bda3 merge trunk 2016-03-28 00:56:17 +00:00
dkf a749c350a3 Some OSX symbols builds create libtcl*.dylib.dSYM which is a directory. 2016-03-27 15:49:52 +00:00
venkat 69c8bda7a9 Update to tzdata 2016c from ietf.org 2016-03-26 18:13:31 +00:00
dgp a85aaef490 merge trunk 2016-03-23 13:46:40 +00:00
dgp 98aa34029a merge trunk 2016-03-23 12:51:04 +00:00
dgp ccc295d394 merge trunk 2016-03-22 17:54:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans de842a4b05 merge trunk 2016-03-21 12:10:23 +00:00
dkf c2bbf3cc3a [1af8de570511] Fix crash in [string replace] caused by cut-n-paste. 2016-03-20 20:43:57 +00:00
dgp e3777c3fae merge trunk 2016-03-17 13:31:34 +00:00
venkat fdbbb3e1d1 Update tzdata to 2016b from ietf.org 2016-03-16 09:09:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8907bb1c56 merge trunk 2016-03-11 14:16:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ef37739f61 merge trunk 2016-03-07 10:35:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a87d7d11f7 Merge trunk 2016-03-02 09:06:08 +00:00
dgp ecd0e0dcdd merge trunk 2016-02-09 18:00:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9bd7291d76 merge trunk 2016-01-22 13:12:30 +00:00
dgp f6f5bda1ed Complete merge trunk 2016-01-19 13:55:46 +00:00
dgp a6dea06eb0 Merge and resolve conflicts. 2016-01-19 13:55:09 +00:00
dgp accf365a42 Partial trunk merge - up to the point where conflicts arise. 2016-01-19 13:52:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 14078e6cbe merge trunk 2016-01-06 11:21:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3826a4d32e Clean-up: Remove Tcl_FindHashEntry/Tcl_CreateHashEntry symbols/stub entries, as those two functions are actually defined as macros. The function alternatives were only kept for legacy, but are no longer necessary. 2015-12-16 16:25:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a41657e1c7 merge trunk 2015-12-15 15:45:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fee8865cb8 merge trunk 2015-12-11 10:19:53 +00:00
dgp 0f07cb10d5 merge trunk 2015-11-30 20:24:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7004d026a9 merge trunk 2015-11-26 12:04:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5c26fc08b4 Merge trunk.
Use "tcl9" in stead of "tcl8" in various Makefiles, which (finally) allows to remove the hack in tm.tcl introduced in [387d3899e088f9e4]
2015-11-24 09:19:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d90345e5ba merge trunk 2015-11-01 22:22:24 +00:00
venkat c032143a98 Merge tzdata2015g from ietf 2015-10-27 23:17:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b9013a32c5 merge trunk 2015-10-25 22:49:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6de875d527 merge trunk 2015-10-24 07:50:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 04c18b117e merge trunk 2015-10-19 12:53:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c16b45ac7f merge trunk 2015-10-08 14:50:58 +00:00
dgp 602c01d366 merge trunk 2015-10-08 11:56:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2a95ee6ac2 merge trunk 2015-10-06 09:46:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e800634951 merge trunk 2015-10-04 10:27:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 56ad3a16ab merge trunk 2015-09-30 14:04:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 85cfbf4eb7 rebase with novem 2015-09-29 08:06:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6494c04dee merge trunk 2015-09-29 07:56:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9bec80c561 merge trunk 2015-09-25 17:12:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7fd41e8f9e Merge trunk 2015-09-23 10:42:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5420a19e5c merge trunk 2015-09-22 08:20:03 +00:00
venkat 68d8dd01a2 Merge tzdata2015f 2015-08-12 05:08:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 45ef27688f merge trunk 2015-08-06 04:34:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1a0d8884f2 merge trunk 2015-08-04 17:34:47 +00:00
dgp 3842344be7 merge trunk 2015-07-29 14:56:50 +00:00
dgp bbb66ad482 merge trunk 2015-07-15 15:34:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 593c09234c merge trunk 2015-07-13 09:01:44 +00:00
dgp 7e3e434235 merge trunk 2015-07-05 17:45:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6295fccc15 merge trunk 2015-07-02 13:17:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 59b6753d29 merge trunk 2015-07-02 08:42:03 +00:00
venkat 2e9879b29c Merge tzdata2015e from ietf.org 2015-06-28 01:55:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6b51c1fca1 merge trunk 2015-06-25 08:08:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2410a9036f merge trunk 2015-06-24 14:45:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 54bb65abf5 merge trunk 2015-06-23 22:22:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 573b39572e merge trunk 2015-06-23 20:42:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5821708a49 Fix win compile 2015-06-18 20:58:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0ea82c2d43 merge novem 2015-06-18 19:58:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7679c0513c merge trunk 2015-06-18 19:35:43 +00:00
dgp 6ae60815c7 merge trunk 2015-06-04 11:49:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8a16ff2b7f Merge trunk 2015-05-27 21:11:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6cbae6bbd1 Merge trunk 2015-05-25 13:03:07 +00:00
dgp 9480585347 merge trunk 2015-05-20 13:42:03 +00:00
dgp c582b68ddf merge trunk 2015-05-14 11:20:17 +00:00
dgp 61b992f9d6 merge trunk 2015-04-30 15:32:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 382eea8b75 merge trunk 2015-04-29 21:51:12 +00:00
dgp af3600a6ed merge trunk; purge TCL_HASH_KEY_STORE_HASH customization. That was a
migration crutch to help code get to Tcl 8.4.  It need not survive into 9.0.
2015-03-24 18:37:17 +00:00
dgp 21e9e3a800 merge trunk 2015-03-24 15:13:17 +00:00
dgp f6572d0c8d merge trunk 2015-03-12 15:06:29 +00:00
dgp baa2eb6600 merge trunk 2015-03-11 20:55:33 +00:00
dgp 9071374443 merge trunk 2015-02-26 16:35:48 +00:00
venkat 89a037dc48 Merge trunk and tzdata2015a from ietf.org 2015-02-12 17:08:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 030b2d7a5e merge trunk 2015-01-26 21:00:15 +00:00
dgp 7b544a220f merge trunk 2014-12-23 18:44:21 +00:00
dgp 84864592a6 merge trunk 2014-12-23 15:19:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3d03d92371 merge trunk (but 86 -> 90) 2014-12-15 10:23:23 +00:00
venkat 2a796662ec merge tzdata2014j from ietf.org 2014-12-10 00:38:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e8bdd58fb2 merge trunk 2014-12-08 16:23:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9c58ff6834 merge trunk 2014-11-21 13:10:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d61db937ed merge trunk 2014-11-14 09:47:56 +00:00
dgp 41f0c5238f merge trunk 2014-11-12 04:44:56 +00:00
dgp 054f6c2802 merge trunk 2014-11-06 16:56:05 +00:00
dgp e456c84871 merge trunk: 2014-10-18 22:49:12 +00:00
dgp 6db6c3291b merge trunk 2014-10-10 20:03:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4145712613 Merge trunk 2014-10-08 07:14:34 +00:00
dgp 84ff8a7d78 merge trunk 2014-10-03 20:26:01 +00:00
dgp 9454354f0e merge trunk 2014-10-02 14:51:04 +00:00
dgp cd993feddb merge trunk 2014-09-28 22:23:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 950a2a295d merge trunk 2014-09-17 13:16:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e5db9c5605 merge trunk 2014-09-03 08:33:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ff7f3e14a6 merge trunk 2014-09-01 08:19:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2d10a3d198 merge trunk 2014-08-27 20:58:30 +00:00
dgp c44e7fcbe5 merge trunk 2014-08-24 17:50:36 +00:00
dgp f19aaad970 merge trunk 2014-08-19 14:57:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6872b39b3f Merge trunk.
Remove (old and deprecated) SystemV timezone information.
2014-08-14 06:49:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8872d2406c merge trunk 2014-07-17 20:37:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8ebd51d17f merge trunk 2014-07-04 12:51:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 19fb52deac merge trunk 2014-06-20 20:00:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c4af5fcc1b merge trunk 2014-06-16 12:40:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7b59202f3a merge trunk 2014-05-23 15:08:45 +00:00
dgp dd743368ee merge trunk 2014-05-16 15:33:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0706ebeb7b merge trunk 2014-05-09 13:50:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d7b8af55e7 int -> size_t for hash tables 2014-05-02 07:39:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e338d72a45 merge novem 2014-05-02 07:15:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ccc37a9193 Update Unicode tables to Unicode 7.0 beta 2014-05-02 06:58:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fa235831f2 merge trunk 2014-05-01 15:16:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3ae9b2df5c merge trunk 2014-04-16 18:53:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7c00be9c38 merge trunk 2014-04-16 11:21:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f0f432af92 merge trunk.
Remove (internal) functions TclWinGetServByName(), TclWinGetSockOpt() and TclWinSetSockOpt(), which are no longer needed for any purpose.
2014-04-16 11:06:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c4700cbf6d merge trunk 2014-04-15 10:46:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e8b298cf5d merge trunk 2014-04-07 14:56:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8a09097741 merge trunk 2014-03-31 18:47:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9d05820f02 merge trunk 2014-03-20 10:14:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 001ceafb23 merge trunk 2014-03-09 21:58:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c97a430827 merge-mark 2014-02-26 13:18:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 67072c3d47 merge trunk 2014-02-25 15:59:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 20deebc218 merge trunk 2014-02-25 08:32:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 129cc066e9 merge trunk 2014-02-21 20:08:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 92f89ecbb5 merge trunk 2014-02-18 09:56:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6d62578bd3 Merge trunk 2014-02-11 11:13:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6c766bfaa3 merge trunk 2014-02-06 22:10:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4e8387e36a merge trunk 2014-02-03 15:29:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 16ae2d2ae8 merge trunk 2014-02-03 09:53:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 88600c03a3 merge trunk 2014-01-31 09:26:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f53221ce41 merge trunk 2014-01-25 21:42:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0b63acf914 merge trunk 2014-01-23 23:12:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5191cbbfe2 merge trunk 2014-01-02 17:05:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ee2dd7eabb merge trunk 2014-01-01 12:36:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3da68f9953 merge trunk 2013-12-20 08:18:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 567da05efa merge trunk 2013-12-19 12:21:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 882735641e merge trunk 2013-12-15 21:28:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4032f9d4dc Take over "changes" and "doc/file.n" from trunk, it should have been merged to "novem" already. 2013-11-25 13:02:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a8fdebc1eb Don't depend on TCLAPI to be defined in <tcl.h>. If this tclOODecls.h is ever installed in an Tcl 8.x environment, it still will be usable normally. 2013-11-25 12:39:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0f29d005d6 merge trunk 2013-11-24 22:12:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c98fcd0e26 merge trunk 2013-11-13 22:18:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1800d11520 Merge trunk (order of man.macros inclusion).
Simplify TCLAPI definition: Since there are extern "C" guards around all TCLAPI usage, the definition itself doesn't need special C++ handling any more.
2013-11-08 14:38:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e0080d92e3 merge trunk 2013-11-04 10:26:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 09152d341c merge trunk 2013-10-29 13:25:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d5553abfbd merge trunk 2013-10-27 12:55:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9255d52d01 Prevent tclOOIntStubs from being exported from the shared library. 2013-10-17 11:22:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e8ca755d06 merge trunk 2013-10-17 09:48:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4e40c57d05 Eliminate TclOOInitializeStubs() completely. This fixes [dfc08326e3], at least the TclOOInitializeStubs() surprise part of it.
Further refactoring is possible, eliminating tclOOStubsPtr and/or tclOOIntStubsPtr. A discussion about that is opened on the Tcl Core List. 
This is fully source compatible for TclOO extensions (e.g. Itcl, tdbc) but binary incompatible. 
TODO: update documentation, but that can wait until the refactoring is complete.
2013-10-17 09:00:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8598cdcc02 merge trunk 2013-10-16 05:09:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 77f21ce1db merge trunk 2013-10-14 08:36:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9ad2ec38c8 Fix definition of TCLAPI macro, when Tcl header files are used from within C++. 2013-10-13 17:22:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 92258c44a5 The Tcl 9.0 way of how [dfc08326e3] should be fixed: Real integration of TclOO in Tcl means that calling the function Tcl_OOInitStubs() should be elminated in full. This branch shows how to do that. 2013-10-13 16:19:44 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4434155b9f Add note to ChangeLog, copied from Tcl 8.6 ChangeLog note 2013-10-13 15:32:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fdb028ce1c merge trunk 2013-10-13 11:02:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 23cb83fe47 merge trunk 2013-10-10 14:37:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0c31f565ad merge-mark (novem already had the Unicode 6.3 tables) 2013-10-09 22:04:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1feb781a45 Merge trunk.
Remove obsolete lines in tclOO*Decls.h: TCL_STORAGE_CLASS is not used anywhere in "novem" any more.
2013-10-08 11:58:49 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny befe4b839e Merge trunk. Restore buildability by adding 'scspec TCLAPI' in tclOOInt.decls. 2013-10-05 16:44:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d10266cfa8 merge trunk 2013-10-02 08:17:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 355c9fe5f3 merge trunk 2013-09-30 14:08:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1b3fcbabc3 merge trunk 2013-09-30 09:44:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0fbbfd7f67 merge trunk 2013-09-30 08:31:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 967a775c5a merge trunk 2013-09-27 17:39:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5cb61b0493 merge trunk 2013-09-26 14:28:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a1fe1358f3 merge trunk 2013-09-23 20:04:54 +00:00
dgp 7b975975f2 merge trunk 2013-09-21 12:49:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans cab7c54e3a merge trunk 2013-08-14 14:40:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f218f909ad restore all #ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, which were accidently removed in [19ff9b95e1] 2013-08-14 14:15:36 +00:00
dgp d0e9f9dade [0aa8f12dcc] Restore minimum code to stop failing tests. 2013-08-13 19:26:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 876ca8cbf3 merge trunk 2013-08-02 10:33:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 827e43bd24 merge trunk 2013-07-23 09:49:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 68065e88cd Unbreak MSVC6 debug build (thanks Andreas Kupries!) 2013-07-08 18:56:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 783f9f4aad Merge stwo's fork and trunk back to a single "novem". 2013-07-08 07:20:09 +00:00
stwo 2f4d9112d2 OpenBSD/m88k is now elf. Remove unneeded elf check. 2013-07-07 01:09:10 +00:00
Kevin B Kenny 109789c175 merge http://www.iana.org/time-zones/repository/releases/tzdata2013d.tar.gz 2013-07-06 22:33:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 210e123b07 merge-mark 2013-07-05 14:06:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 343300e7ed merge trunk 2013-07-04 19:33:54 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c2e6c5ebc3 merge trunk.
Remove Tcl_SetPanicProc from stub table; it is meant to be called by embedders, before the stub table is even initialized.
2013-06-27 09:53:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0a4fd3940a merge trunk 2013-06-25 12:07:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 901190e2cb Merge trunk.
Remove TclpReaddir and TclpInetNtoa from internal stub table: It's not used anywhere any more.
2013-06-21 12:13:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 89ec383cdc Update Unicode tables to latest 6.3 beta version 2013-06-18 13:59:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d2b087ebf8 merge trunk 2013-06-18 11:50:02 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a9efa6f602 merge trunk (except for disabled MSVC warnings, see [48b92a6ab6]) 2013-06-12 10:35:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 33d091ecac merge trunk 2013-06-10 07:41:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e73451abd4 merge trunk 2013-05-28 07:25:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3db39eda8a merge trunk 2013-05-19 20:44:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans daa073ebb1 merge trunk 2013-05-17 13:49:39 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d6392f7a28 merge trunk 2013-05-15 11:03:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ff0eb26d90 merge trunk 2013-05-15 10:42:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5a73cd05de merge trunk 2013-05-13 19:30:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2914b6fbc0 merge trunk.
Add back Tcl_AddErrorInfo to stub table (it's still used by Tk 8.6)
2013-05-13 15:17:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8cd35a3b77 merge trunk.
remove some unneeded #undef's
2013-05-07 15:02:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d96b2343b0 Change Tcl_UtfNcmp and friend's signature to use size_t in stead of unsigned long.
This is potentially binary incompatible on win64, but not on any other platform. 
It eliminates the need for special stub-wrappers on Cygwin64 for those functions. 
"novem" doesn't promise binary compatibility anyway.
2013-05-06 09:08:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 936ef06e82 merge trunk 2013-05-06 07:35:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 710249fe7f Eliminate use of NO_WIDE_TYPE everywhere: It's exactly the same as TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG 2013-04-23 14:38:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f292911c6d Revert part of [bb4707eb077f0cd9], which removed Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj and Tcl_SetBooleanObj from the stub table and replaced those by macros. Add those functions back were they were. Reason: the upcoming cygwin64 will change the definition of 'long', I'm not sure any more this was a good idea. More investigation needed before doing something like this in "novem". 2013-04-21 21:01:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 659d602deb merge-mark 2013-04-19 09:49:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5eabb6fcd1 merge trunk 2013-04-12 11:31:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 978afd0260 merge-mark 2013-04-04 07:10:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 976650bbd1 merge trunk 2013-04-03 20:55:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7e01d5f28f Eliminate some usage of VOID and its variants.
Remove unnecessary #undef's
2013-03-22 14:38:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3eecabfda1 merge trunk 2013-03-22 14:15:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 08553f531f merge novem 2013-03-06 13:41:23 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 7e7ec63c2c merge trunk 2013-03-06 13:16:42 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e354aa0e3d merge trunk.
Implement Tcl_VarTraceInfo and Tcl_UpVar as macro.
2013-02-27 12:06:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0957b2c850 merge trunk.
Unicode 6.3 does not have that many spaces.....
2013-02-25 16:05:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 57665b295c merge trunk.
Update all unicode tables to current state of Unicode 6.3 (not released yet)
2013-02-25 13:52:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dfff588886 merge trunk 2013-02-23 10:54:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ca7c7ce1b7 Merge trunk.
Convert Tcl_UntraceVar to macro, calling Tcl_UntraceVar2 in stead. No change of functionality.
2013-02-22 09:41:15 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4349c08e31 Merge trunk.
Convert Tcl_SetVar/Tcl_UnsetVar/Tcl_GetVar/Tcl_TraceVar to macros, calling the *2 variants of the function. No change of functionality.
2013-02-20 14:51:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bb71951f1a Merge trunk.
Tranform Tcl_SaveResult/Tcl_RestoreResult/Tcl_DiscardResult to macros, and remove them from the stub table
2013-02-19 13:21:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4f37f05a9c merge trunk 2013-02-15 16:21:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans abc5015131 more Tcl_NewIntObj/Tcl_NewBooleanObj -> Tcl_NewLongObj conversions 2013-02-11 10:25:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f50166e4fc Merge trunk.
Various Tcl_NewIntObj/Tcl_NewBooleanObj  -> Tcl_NewLongObj modifications
2013-02-11 09:38:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2c163978e7 Merge trunk.
Eliminate all usage of internal macros: TclNewIntObj, TclNewBooleanObj, TclSetIntObj, TclSetBooleanObj. 
Change various function to macros: Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo.
2013-02-08 13:28:06 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4acf174468 put braces around all macro parameters 2013-02-07 14:22:16 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e8b3de6a75 merge trunk 2013-02-07 13:57:01 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6fa4858662 merge trunk 2013-02-07 10:15:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dd7709baa2 merge trunk 2013-02-04 22:56:43 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b9c49065a5 merge novem.
Some more API changes int -> size_t
2013-02-04 15:49:53 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c67bfbf1a4 merge trunk 2013-02-04 14:15:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3c3f3d4561 merge novem 2013-02-03 17:17:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b0bf6914f1 merge trunk 2013-02-03 16:05:31 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 330e115d11 merge trunk 2013-01-29 08:14:41 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1d5118fd6c macros for Tcl_GetString and Tcl_GetStringFromObj 2013-01-26 16:11:33 +00:00
jan.nijtmans acb9caa959 merge novem 2013-01-25 23:38:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 03c4df2e30 merge trunk 2013-01-25 13:14:48 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ff878198ef merge trunk
Add -Wwrite-strings to compiler options, so we can guarantee correct "const" usage.
2013-01-25 12:58:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 84707cf702 Merge trunk
Rename TclInitStubs back to Tcl_InitStubs, for easier compatibility with Tcl 8.
2013-01-25 09:12:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d8b1866404 Convert Tcl_GetIndexFromObj implementation to macro 2013-01-24 10:37:30 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 45c9d1dc2c merge trunk 2013-01-23 14:11:12 +00:00
jan.nijtmans a3100689bc merge-mark 2013-01-21 13:52:52 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 014e7b1951 merge trunk 2013-01-19 18:28:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ad5f7e5464 Convert Tcl_Eval and Tcl_GlobalEval to a macro 2013-01-17 22:28:38 +00:00
dgp 3b0f6c1c31 merge trunk 2013-01-17 16:32:50 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 4198cbe8cd merge trunk
Remove various double-defined (both in public and private stub tables) functions from private stub table
2013-01-12 22:23:29 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3e3a85339f Remove TclWinNToHS, it is not used anywhere any more. 2013-01-10 11:45:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans adf3bedc0c merge trunk 2013-01-10 10:04:13 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c260fedf0c Turn Tcl_PkgPresent/Tcl_PkgRequire into a macro.
Make sure that extensions which are compiled using Tcl version 9.0 alpha/beta headers only run with the exact same Tcl version (9.0a0), so they cannot accidently be used in production. Idea 'stolen' from iTcl 4.0, which did that during alpha/beta
Dde/Registry: eliminate usage of some older API, which might be removed/deprecated in the future.
2013-01-10 09:55:55 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1c58938f2c Restore panic check at and of the loop. Thanks! Don for noticing this. 2013-01-09 15:37:27 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 051f9006ef Restore API compatibility with public Tcl_*Scan and Tcl_*Convert functions (changes in private functions are OK)
Increase LOCAL_SIZE to 64, and remove two Panic's which cannot occur any more as a result of the improvements.
2013-01-09 12:33:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 361141a857 remove some unused static functions/variables 2013-01-08 21:42:23 +00:00
dgp 75194c3206 The Tcl*(Scan|Convert)*Element() routines only need chars, not ints, to
hold their flags.  Reduce waste now that interface freedom permits it.
2013-01-08 17:10:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 04a740f5c6 Don't depend on Spencer-specific regexp syntax (/u and /U) any more.
Bump http package to 2.8.6.
2013-01-06 21:09:17 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6aa85ad35f merge trunk 2013-01-05 00:42:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 342be44f4d don't use iPtr->legacyResult for Tcl >= 8.1, because it doesn't work. Use Tcl_AppendResult in stead. 2013-01-03 10:17:14 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e42dd00e98 merge novem 2013-01-02 14:59:21 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 6797693d1b merge trunk 2013-01-02 14:56:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3e69878565 merge trunk.
tclStubLib.c: protect loading incompatible Tcl9 extensions in Tcl8
2013-01-02 11:58:18 +00:00
jan.nijtmans aef36bf11d two more places where refCount was assumed to be a signed value. In Tcl9 that will probably be not true any more. 2012-12-29 18:12:45 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 0dc45b9fe3 fix tm.tcl to include tcl8 locations, and fix corresponding test-cases 2012-12-29 15:24:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e65b021050 merge trunk 2012-12-29 09:24:59 +00:00
jan.nijtmans b5100ee98f merge trunk 2012-12-27 15:05:28 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2951fec86b remove unnecessary struct names, which only pollute the "struct" namespace for the compiler. 2012-12-21 10:13:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d07793f49c merge trunk 2012-12-21 09:42:57 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2acbdb0493 Remove all VA functions Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_PanicVA, and dependancy of tcl.h on <stdarg.h>. TIP required. 2012-12-18 13:47:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e00ad288cc remove deprecated functions Tcl_VarEval and Tcl_VarEvalVA 2012-12-17 12:45:19 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5b8ce14566 Merge trunk.
Add more clarity why refCount should be decremented AFTER checking for <2. 
Protect 8.x extensions for being loadable in "novem", by changing Tcl_PkgProvide into a macro.
2012-12-14 09:40:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans facce70703 merge trunk 2012-12-13 13:01:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 88eafacc82 More memory API changes, mainly char* -> void* and unsigned -> size_t 2012-12-12 21:21:10 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 26f4ba76ca allow novem to use installed Tcl8 .tm packages, such as tcltest and msgcat
remove some dead code (already planned to be removed in Tcl9)
2012-12-12 10:21:55 +00:00
dgp 949c30336f Rename the memory routines so that Tcl_Alloc/Tcl_Free/etc become the recommended
things for extensions and embedders to call, instead of ckalloc/ckfree/etc.
Tcl_Alloc, etc. are macros that can be configured for memory debuggin, as ckalloc, etc.
have been and continue to be.
2012-12-12 05:01:04 +00:00
jan.nijtmans aaf8665696 merge trunk 2012-12-10 20:54:49 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e4dd07e735 merge trunk 2012-12-07 22:16:45 +00:00
dgp e98a68549d merge trunk 2012-12-07 17:05:09 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 1fc4f8eaa3 merge trunk 2012-12-07 16:12:37 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 70bccae334 merge trunk
turn pkgb.so into a Tcl8 interoperability test
library: Whatever Tcl9 looks like, loading pkgb.so in Tcl 8 should
either result in an error-message, either succeed, but never crash.
2012-12-07 10:11:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 052f5d50c9 merge trunk 2012-12-05 13:41:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 5815a325af merge trunk 2012-12-04 13:40:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 3ff398393a Remove obsolete functions Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir and Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir 2012-12-03 13:02:08 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ef0bb68bcb Initialize legacyFreeProc with invalid value: This will result in
a crash immediately, when an extention tries to call it, in stead
of crashing some time later....
Remove some more legacy regarding accessing interp->result
2012-12-03 10:01:20 +00:00
dgp 382a840e23 Remove all maintenance of a string result in the Interp. 2012-11-30 17:00:16 +00:00
dgp 1e6fd4531c Re-fix failing load-3.2 test. The right way this time. 2012-11-30 16:14:11 +00:00
dgp 21e80b3a25 Stop [glob] complaining about empty list result. Continue support for
a no-op -nocomplain option, but don't document it.  Old script support only.
2012-11-30 16:10:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 8e6efd7026 After a Tcl_SetObjResult, don't do a Tcl_TransferResult to the same interpreter 2012-11-30 15:55:03 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 39365ed3c0 merge (modified) novem-review.
unbreak windows build
2012-11-30 15:42:56 +00:00
dgp f52f05c3b1 No string result -> no more need for TCL_RESULT_SIZE 2012-11-29 21:34:22 +00:00
dgp 388741b7d0 Bug fix. Stop load-3.2 test failure. 2012-11-29 21:28:24 +00:00
dgp b2ca802381 Purge remnants of support for compilers ignorant of C keyword 'inline'. 2012-11-29 21:25:52 +00:00
dgp b05600e60a Stop defining VOID. Demand C compilers that know the void keyword. 2012-11-29 21:03:06 +00:00
dgp 98a8b3604f Destroy all the TCL_STORAGE_CLASS and associated nonsense. 2012-11-29 20:32:16 +00:00
dgp 905d1e5d03 Remove STRINGIFY and JOIN utility macros. Tcl doesn't use them.
And Tcl doesn't need to be in the utility macro supply business.
If an extension needs these, let them define them.
2012-11-29 17:45:20 +00:00
dgp cb7c84c310 Proposed rollback of the TCL_STUB_MAGIC change on novem branch. 2012-11-29 17:25:59 +00:00
dgp 03bdf41de2 missed bit of merge 2012-11-29 17:03:17 +00:00
dgp 206428d2cf Get the updated error message 2012-11-29 16:52:45 +00:00
dgp bc0d613154 Merge bug-3588687 2012-11-29 16:26:14 +00:00
dgp 1d6f003314 merge novem 2012-11-29 16:03:21 +00:00
dgp e81a4abd60 merge trunk 2012-11-29 15:58:38 +00:00
dgp 06ebe62a5e Revise TclInitStubs() so that it checks for consistent values of both
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION and TCL_STUB_MAGIC between an extension and the stub library.
2012-11-29 15:24:50 +00:00
dgp 0d78d389e1 3588687 Added cross checks so that [load]ed extension, [load]ing interp, and
linked stubs library all agree on their versions in the ways that matter.
2012-11-27 21:09:20 +00:00
dgp eea64f8d90 Merge (selected bits of) novem 2012-11-26 22:37:01 +00:00
dgp 4c5cc88bdf Stop segfaults in test suite. 2012-11-26 22:23:43 +00:00
dgp a1cee7cd20 merge (some of) novem 2012-11-26 21:49:46 +00:00
dgp 3327979282 Merge use of [load] to find and nicely report error when incompatible stubs
mechanisms between [load]ing interp and [load]ed extension are detected.
2012-11-26 21:43:18 +00:00
dgp 8c19725a30 ...and here's the lines left behind in the editor. 2012-11-26 21:30:13 +00:00
dgp 0a224ddfc8 Comments and renamings around the legacy fields for string results. 2012-11-26 21:25:26 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9a7c011683 merge trunk 2012-11-26 15:37:24 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 44427fccaa unbreak UNIX build 2012-11-26 15:33:47 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c4cf77f310 Removed functions marked deprecated or obsolete for a long time: Tcl_Backslash, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_EvalTokens.
Remove Tcl_FindExecutable from stub table: It is needed by embedders, not extenders. 
Remove TclpGetDate, TclpGmtime, TclpLocaltime: it isn't use anywhere since the new clock implementation. 
Remove TclWinConvertWSAError, it's the same as TclWinConvertError.
2012-11-26 14:29:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9b00a63b22 merge trunk 2012-11-22 09:18:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 91d9bd02c0 merge trunk 2012-11-20 10:01:00 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 56b69c4e9a It might be that iPtr->result points to an empty string but that iPtr->objResult contains the real error-message. So, handle that too. 2012-11-20 09:01:46 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d2b1e66352 ... make it more portable 2012-11-20 08:42:36 +00:00
jan.nijtmans d29d888dc6 Add checks for the assumtions made in tclStubLib.c, making sure that those
assumtions are maintained for Tcl 9! If not, extensions compiled for Tcl9
but loaded in Tcl8 (with an incompatible stub table) cannot produce
a nice error-message any more.
<p>This is probably not the best place to do the check, maybe it's better
to do this in tclTest.c, as part of the test suite.
<p>Feedback welcome!
2012-11-20 08:40:56 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f4ed4079b7 make windde and winreg load again 2012-11-19 22:34:32 +00:00
jan.nijtmans dde5a2565e Single stub library can now handle Tcl8 and Tcl9 with different MAGIC values 2012-11-19 21:46:51 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e59a1e0b14 eliminate unused variable 2012-11-19 21:45:34 +00:00
jan.nijtmans c4b5bfbd50 Remove some undocumented - obsolete - function from the API with 'Old' in the name. 2012-11-19 11:17:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 44869c9e35 Better solution for handling errors from Tcl 8.x compiled extensions. Works for existing ones. 2012-11-19 08:30:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans e5463e8ec8 change stub library to detect - and generate a nice error-message -
when a shared library compiled for Tcl 9.x is attempted to be
loaded in Tcl 8.x. Change MAGIC value in stub tables for 64-bit
builds (those surely will be incomatible!)
2012-11-18 17:24:05 +00:00
jan.nijtmans bddf737714 <i>on-hold at Don Porter's request</i>
change stub library to detect - and generate a nice error-message - 
when a shared library compiled for Tcl 8.x is attempted to be
loaded in Tcl 9.x: Tcl 9 will not have the iPtr->result field
so we cannot use that any more.
2012-11-18 17:12:35 +00:00
jan.nijtmans ef0fd808de <i>On hold at Don Porter's request</i>
hange stub library to detect - and generate a nice error-message - 
when a shared library compiled for Tcl 8.x is attempted to be
loaded in Tcl 9.x: Tcl 9 will not have the iPtr->result field
so we cannot use that any more.
2012-11-18 17:04:38 +00:00
jan.nijtmans f4fb1d1752 <i>On-hold at Don Porter's request.</i>
change stub library to detect - and generate a nice error-message - 
when a shared library compiled for Tcl 8.x is attempted to be
loaded in Tcl 9.x: Tcl 9 will not have the iPtr->result field
so we cannot use that any more.
2012-11-18 16:54:16 +00:00
dgp 59ea8cb145 WIP removing the maintenance of a string result in the Interp.
Still some head-scratching on what to do with tclStubLib.c.
2012-11-17 00:25:23 +00:00
dgp e9cf99c212 merge trunk 2012-11-16 22:51:18 +00:00
dgp 80630f4ec9 Burn the bridge back to obsolete [puts] syntax. (Tcl 6?!) 2012-11-16 21:17:29 +00:00
dgp e63dcc2677 Burn the octal bridges. We're not goin' back. 2012-11-16 19:17:21 +00:00
dgp 9bbc90b227 Tcl_Value is now a synonym for Tcl_Obj ! 2012-11-16 17:57:38 +00:00
dgp 8e5dbc8a27 Remove pre-8.5 interface for custom expr functions. 2012-11-16 17:52:55 +00:00
dgp 29c6b72a83 merge trunk 2012-11-16 16:37:07 +00:00
jan.nijtmans fd5b3bb085 eliminate CONST/CONST84/CONST86 2012-11-16 12:02:11 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 2fda7e49a0 Doc fix in TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 2012-11-16 10:22:58 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 27256fcd71 Merge trunk
<p>Fix Windows build 
<p>Now usable with Thread's "novem" branch (3.0a1)
<p>Remove some more deprecated stuff
2012-11-16 10:12:05 +00:00
dgp e702454abe Abandon support for pre-8.5 bytecode. 2012-11-15 22:17:24 +00:00
dgp 9423df2491 Goodbye to [case]. 2012-11-15 21:04:23 +00:00
dgp 05b1764f74 Octal death documentation impacts. 2012-11-15 05:12:38 +00:00
dgp bff7817ec0 Kill Octal; bump to 9.0a0; make test suite work again. 2012-11-15 04:09:25 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 13bc69a8a4 unnecessary hook struct definitions 2012-08-21 08:07:40 +00:00
jan.nijtmans 9aa711e8e0 remove unnecessary struct names, which only pollute the "struct" namespace for te compiler. 2012-08-20 06:49:25 +00:00
dgp b339d4bf03 merge trunk 2012-07-19 15:08:23 +00:00
dgp 1e58e8e42d Implement Tcl_DStringResult with call to TclDStringToObj. 2012-04-25 21:03:58 +00:00
dgp 91af7f6f90 merge trunk 2012-04-25 21:02:42 +00:00
dgp 68191ded75 To preserve the ability of [load] to bring in mistmatched stubs-enabled
modules and react with an error rather than a crash, HasStubSupport() has
to keep fiddling with the same fields as always.
2012-04-19 12:57:45 +00:00
dkf ac3d0b69d3 Clean version of changes; ifdef-free 2012-04-19 12:41:06 +00:00
dkf 96f611f896 merge trunk 2012-04-19 12:20:49 +00:00
dgp ec9c29c80d Experimental branch where the interp->result field and related are removed
and all simplifications that makes possible are done.  Seems this can at best
be a Tcl 9 reform.
2012-04-18 18:42:54 +00:00
606 changed files with 24049 additions and 49033 deletions
+1
View File
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
tools/empty.zip
*.bmp
*.gif
*.png
+19
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
compat/zlib/contrib/dotzlib/DotZLib/UnitTests.cs
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in
-4
View File
@@ -19,18 +19,14 @@
*/tcltest*
*/versions.vc
*/version.vc
*/libtcl.vfs
*/libtcl_*.zip
html
libtommath/bn.ilg
libtommath/bn.ind
libtommath/pretty.build
libtommath/tommath.src
libtommath/*.log
libtommath/*.pdf
libtommath/*.pl
libtommath/*.sh
libtommath/doc/*
libtommath/tombc/*
libtommath/pre_gen/*
libtommath/pics/*
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
<name>tcl8</name>
<name>tcl9</name>
<comment></comment>
<projects>
</projects>
-297
View File
@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
sudo: false
language: c
matrix:
include:
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: clang
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: clang
env:
- CFGOPT=--disable-shared
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc
env:
- CFGOPT=--disable-shared
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-4.9
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-4.9
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-5
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-5
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-6
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-6
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-7
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-7
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-7
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-7
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-7
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-7
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: gcc-7
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- g++-7
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1
- os: osx
osx_image: xcode8
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- os: osx
osx_image: xcode8
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
- NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE=1
- os: osx
osx_image: xcode9
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
- NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE=1
- os: osx
osx_image: xcode10.2
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
- NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE=1
### C builds not currently supported on Windows instances
# - os: windows
# env:
# - BUILD_DIR=win
### ... so proxy with a Mingw cross-compile
# Test with mingw-w64 (32 bit)
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-multilib
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT=--host=i686-w64-mingw32
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-multilib
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 --disable-shared"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-multilib
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-multilib
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-multilib
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=i686-w64-mingw32 CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
# Test with mingw-w64 (64 bit)
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit --disable-shared"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=6"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=3"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
- os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
addons:
apt:
packages:
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64
- wine
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- NO_DIRECT_TEST=1
before_install:
- export ERROR_ON_FAILURES=1
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install:
- test -n "$NO_DIRECT_CONFIGURE" || ./configure ${CFGOPT}
script:
- make
# The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
- test -n "$NO_DIRECT_TEST" || make test styles=develop
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
A NOTE ON THE CHANGELOG:
Starting in early 2011, Tcl source code has been under the management of
fossil, hosted at https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ . Fossil presents a "Timeline"
fossil, hosted at http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ . Fossil presents a "Timeline"
view of changes made that is superior in every way to a hand edited log file.
Because of this, many Tcl developers are now out of the habit of maintaining
this log file. You may still find useful things in it, but the Timeline is
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@
initialization assumptions of the TIP 280 code in CompileWord().
* generic/tclCompExpr.c: Suppress the attempt to convert to
numeric when pre-compiling a constant expression indicates an error.
numeric when pre-compiling a constant expresion indicates an error.
2007-08-22 Miguel Sofer <msofer@users.sf.net>
+13 -13
View File
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
README: Tcl
This is the Tcl 8.7a2 source distribution.
This is the Tcl 9.0a0 source distribution.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:
http://core.tcl-lang.org/
http://core.tcl.tk/
Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:
with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at:
http://www.tcl-lang.org/
http://www.tcl.tk/
Tcl is a freely available open source package. You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
@@ -49,21 +49,21 @@ and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
The home page for this release, including new features, is
http://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.7.html
http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html
Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
by clicking on the relevant version.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
Information about Tcl itself can be found at
http://www.tcl-lang.org/about/
http://www.tcl.tk/about/
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
http://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206
http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206
To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 online,
To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 online,
visit the URL:
http://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/
http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl9.0/
2a. Unix Documentation
----------------------
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ There are brief notes in the unix/README, win/README, and macosx/README about
compiling on these different platforms. There is additional information
about building Tcl from sources at
http://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html
http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
4. Development tools
---------------------------
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
A Wiki-based open community site covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk is at:
http://wiki.tcl-lang.org/
http://wiki.tcl.tk/
It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions. A
wealth of useful information can be found there. It contains code
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions
for improvements. We prefer that you send this information to us as
tickets entered into our tracker at:
http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/reportlist
http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/reportlist
We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
specific turn-around time. Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ questions for which no one else is likely to know the answer. In addition,
see the following Web site for links to other organizations that offer
Tcl/Tk training:
http://wiki.tcl-lang.org/training
http://wiki.tcl.tk/training
9. Tracking Development
-----------------------
Tcl is developed in public. To keep an eye on how Tcl is changing, see
http://core.tcl-lang.org/
http://core.tcl.tk/
10. Thank You
-------------
+1 -67
View File
@@ -8831,70 +8831,6 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)
--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2018-02-11 (enhance) stop blocking conversion of object to/from class (coulter)
2018-02-12 (enhance) NR-enable [package require] (coulter)
2018-02-14 (bug)[9fd5c6] crash in object deletion, test oo-11.5 (coulter)
2018-02-14 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting object with class mixed in (coulter)
2018-02-15 (platform) stop using -lieee, removed from glibc-2.27 (porter)
***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for math programs that embed Tcl***
2018-02-23 (bug)[8e6a9a] bad binary [string match], test string-11.55 (porter)
2018-03-05 (bug)[1873ea] repair multi-thread std channel init (sebres)
2018-03-09 (bug)[db36fa] broken bytecode for index values (porter)
2018-03-13 (bug) broken compiled [string replace], test string-14.19 (porter)
2018-03-14 (bug) [string trim*] engine crashed on invalid UTF (sebres)
2018-04-17 (bug) missing trace in compiled [array set], test var-20.11 (porter)
2018-04-22 (bug)[46a241] crash in unset array with search, var-13.[23] (goth)
2018-04-30 (bug)[27b682] race made [file delete] raise "no such file" (sebres)
2018-06-04 (bug)[925643] 32/64 cleanup of filesystem DIR operations (sebres)
2018-06-18 (bug) leaks in TclSetEnv and env cache (coulter)
2018-06-24 (bug)[3592747] [yieldto] dying namespace, tailcall-14.1 (coulter)
2018-07-09 (bug)[270f78] race in [file mkdir] (sebres)
2018-07-12 (bug)[3f7af0] [file delete] raised "permission denied" (sebres)
2018-07-26 (bug)[d051b7] overflow crash in [format] (sebres)
2018-08-29 revised quoting of [exec] args in generated command line (sebres)
***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
2018-09-20 HTTP Keep-Alive with pipelined requests (nash)
=> http 2.9.0
2018-09-27 (new)[TIP 505] [lreplace] accepts all out of range indices (porter)
2018-10-04 (bug) Prevent crash from NULL keyName (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.3
2018-10-26 (enhance) advance dde version (nijtmans)
=> dde 1.4.1
2018-10-27 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2018g (jima)
2018-10-29 Update tcltest package for Travis support (fellows)
=> tcltest 2.5.0
2018-11-09 (bug)[35a8f1] overlong string length of some lists (owens)
2018-11-16 (bug)[00d04c] Repair [binary encode base64] (sebres)
- Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
@@ -8913,7 +8849,7 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)
2016-11-25 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
2016-11-25 [array named -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)
@@ -8948,5 +8884,3 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
=> msgcat 1.7.0
- Released 8.7a3, Nov 30, 2018 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
+36
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* fixstrtod.c --
*
* Source code for the "fixstrtod" procedure. This procedure is
* used in place of strtod under Solaris 2.4, in order to fix
* a bug where the "end" pointer gets set incorrectly.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#undef strtod
/*
* Declare strtod explicitly rather than including stdlib.h, since in
* somes systems (e.g. SunOS 4.1.4) stdlib.h doesn't declare strtod.
*/
extern double strtod(char *, char **);
double
fixstrtod(
char *string,
char **endPtr)
{
double d;
d = strtod(string, endPtr);
if ((endPtr != NULL) && (*endPtr != string) && ((*endPtr)[-1] == 0)) {
*endPtr -= 1;
}
return d;
}
+2 -2
View File
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ opendir(
if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
return NULL;
}
dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
dirp = (DIR *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(DIR));
if (dirp == NULL) {
/* unreachable? */
close(fd);
@@ -106,5 +106,5 @@ closedir(
close(dirp->dd_fd);
dirp->dd_fd = -1;
dirp->dd_loc = 0;
ckfree(dirp);
Tcl_Free(dirp);
}
+1
View File
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ extern char * malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
extern void qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
const void *element1, const void *element2));
extern char * realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
extern double strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
extern long strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
extern unsigned long strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
+252
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/*
* strtod.c --
*
* Source code for the "strtod" library procedure.
*
* Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tclInt.h"
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#define FALSE 0
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
static const int maxExponent = 511; /* Largest possible base 10 exponent. Any
* exponent larger than this will already
* produce underflow or overflow, so there's
* no need to worry about additional digits.
*/
static const double powersOf10[] = { /* Table giving binary powers of 10. Entry */
10., /* is 10^2^i. Used to convert decimal */
100., /* exponents into floating-point numbers. */
1.0e4,
1.0e8,
1.0e16,
1.0e32,
1.0e64,
1.0e128,
1.0e256
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* strtod --
*
* This procedure converts a floating-point number from an ASCII
* decimal representation to internal double-precision format.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the double-precision floating-point
* representation of the characters in string. If endPtr isn't
* NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the address of the
* next character after the last one that was part of the
* floating-point number.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
strtod(
const char *string, /* A decimal ASCII floating-point number,
* optionally preceded by white space. Must
* have form "-I.FE-X", where I is the integer
* part of the mantissa, F is the fractional
* part of the mantissa, and X is the
* exponent. Either of the signs may be "+",
* "-", or omitted. Either I or F may be
* omitted, or both. The decimal point isn't
* necessary unless F is present. The "E" may
* actually be an "e". E and X may both be
* omitted (but not just one). */
char **endPtr) /* If non-NULL, store terminating character's
* address here. */
{
int sign, expSign = FALSE;
double fraction, dblExp;
const double *d;
register const char *p;
register int c;
int exp = 0; /* Exponent read from "EX" field. */
int fracExp = 0; /* Exponent that derives from the fractional
* part. Under normal circumstatnces, it is
* the negative of the number of digits in F.
* However, if I is very long, the last digits
* of I get dropped (otherwise a long I with a
* large negative exponent could cause an
* unnecessary overflow on I alone). In this
* case, fracExp is incremented one for each
* dropped digit. */
int mantSize; /* Number of digits in mantissa. */
int decPt; /* Number of mantissa digits BEFORE decimal
* point. */
const char *pExp; /* Temporarily holds location of exponent in
* string. */
/*
* Strip off leading blanks and check for a sign.
*/
p = string;
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p += 1;
}
if (*p == '-') {
sign = TRUE;
p += 1;
} else {
if (*p == '+') {
p += 1;
}
sign = FALSE;
}
/*
* Count the number of digits in the mantissa (including the decimal
* point), and also locate the decimal point.
*/
decPt = -1;
for (mantSize = 0; ; mantSize += 1)
{
c = *p;
if (!isdigit(c)) {
if ((c != '.') || (decPt >= 0)) {
break;
}
decPt = mantSize;
}
p += 1;
}
/*
* Now suck up the digits in the mantissa. Use two integers to collect 9
* digits each (this is faster than using floating-point). If the mantissa
* has more than 18 digits, ignore the extras, since they can't affect the
* value anyway.
*/
pExp = p;
p -= mantSize;
if (decPt < 0) {
decPt = mantSize;
} else {
mantSize -= 1; /* One of the digits was the point. */
}
if (mantSize > 18) {
fracExp = decPt - 18;
mantSize = 18;
} else {
fracExp = decPt - mantSize;
}
if (mantSize == 0) {
fraction = 0.0;
p = string;
goto done;
} else {
int frac1, frac2;
frac1 = 0;
for ( ; mantSize > 9; mantSize -= 1) {
c = *p;
p += 1;
if (c == '.') {
c = *p;
p += 1;
}
frac1 = 10*frac1 + (c - '0');
}
frac2 = 0;
for (; mantSize > 0; mantSize -= 1) {
c = *p;
p += 1;
if (c == '.') {
c = *p;
p += 1;
}
frac2 = 10*frac2 + (c - '0');
}
fraction = (1.0e9 * frac1) + frac2;
}
/*
* Skim off the exponent.
*/
p = pExp;
if ((*p == 'E') || (*p == 'e')) {
p += 1;
if (*p == '-') {
expSign = TRUE;
p += 1;
} else {
if (*p == '+') {
p += 1;
}
expSign = FALSE;
}
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
p = pExp;
goto done;
}
while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
exp = exp * 10 + (*p - '0');
p += 1;
}
}
if (expSign) {
exp = fracExp - exp;
} else {
exp = fracExp + exp;
}
/*
* Generate a floating-point number that represents the exponent. Do this
* by processing the exponent one bit at a time to combine many powers of
* 2 of 10. Then combine the exponent with the fraction.
*/
if (exp < 0) {
expSign = TRUE;
exp = -exp;
} else {
expSign = FALSE;
}
if (exp > maxExponent) {
exp = maxExponent;
errno = ERANGE;
}
dblExp = 1.0;
for (d = powersOf10; exp != 0; exp >>= 1, ++d) {
if (exp & 01) {
dblExp *= *d;
}
}
if (expSign) {
fraction /= dblExp;
} else {
fraction *= dblExp;
}
done:
if (endPtr != NULL) {
*endPtr = (char *) p;
}
if (sign) {
return -fraction;
}
return fraction;
}
+1 -1
View File
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ strtol(
*/
p = string;
while (TclIsSpaceProc(*p)) {
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p += 1;
}
+1 -1
View File
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ strtoul(
*/
p = string;
while (TclIsSpaceProc(*p)) {
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p += 1;
}
if (*p == '-') {
+76
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/*
* unistd.h --
*
* Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
*
* Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
* copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
* purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
* copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
* no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
* It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*/
#ifndef _UNISTD
#define _UNISTD
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/*
* Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
* _POSIX_SOURCE section.
*/
extern void _exit(int status);
extern int access(const char *path, int mode);
extern int chdir(const char *path);
extern int chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
extern int close(int fd);
extern int dup(int oldfd);
extern int dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
extern int execl(const char *path, ...);
extern int execle(const char *path, ...);
extern int execlp(const char *file, ...);
extern int execv(const char *path, char **argv);
extern int execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
extern int execvpw(const char *file, char **argv);
extern pid_t fork(void);
extern char * getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
extern gid_t getegid(void);
extern uid_t geteuid(void);
extern gid_t getgid(void);
extern int getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
extern pid_t getpid(void);
extern uid_t getuid(void);
extern int isatty(int fd);
extern long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
extern int pipe(int *fildes);
extern int read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
extern int setgid(gid_t group);
extern int setuid(uid_t user);
extern unsigned sleep(unsigned seconds);
extern char * ttyname(int fd);
extern int unlink(const char *path);
extern int write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);
#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
extern char * crypt(const char *, const char *);
extern int fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
extern int flock(int fd, int operation);
extern int ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
extern int ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
extern int readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
extern int setegid(gid_t group);
extern int seteuidw(uid_t user);
extern int setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
extern int symlink(const char *, const char *);
extern int ttyslot(void);
extern int truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
extern int vfork(void);
#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
#endif /* _UNISTD */
+2 -2
View File
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ waitpid(
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree(waitPtr);
Tcl_Free(waitPtr);
return result;
}
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ waitpid(
goto waitAgain;
}
}
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
waitPtr->pid = result;
waitPtr->status = status;
waitPtr->nextPtr = deadList;
-6
View File
@@ -29,12 +29,6 @@
#define CRC32(c, b) ((*(pcrc_32_tab+(((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff))) ^ ((c) >> 8))
#ifdef Z_U4
typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
#else
typedef unsigned long z_crc_t;
#endif
/***********************************************************************
* Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
*/
+1 -1
View File
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ void change_file_date(filename,dosdate,tmu_date)
SetFileTime(hFile,&ftm,&ftLastAcc,&ftm);
CloseHandle(hFile);
#else
#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
struct utimbuf ut;
struct tm newdate;
newdate.tm_sec = tmu_date.tm_sec;
+3 -3
View File
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#endif
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
#ifdef __APPLE__
// In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
return ret;
}
#else
#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
tm_zip *tmzip; /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, i
void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
tinydir_dir dir;
int i;
char newname[512];
char *newname[512];
tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);
+3 -8
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,8 +30,6 @@ int
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
@@ -60,10 +58,10 @@ unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
.AP int length in
.AP size_t length in
The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
If (size_t)-1, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.AP Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr in
The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will be set to this value.
.AP char *element in
@@ -245,9 +243,6 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR. Likewise, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR
+8 -27
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -19,29 +19,14 @@ char *
void
\fBTcl_Free\fR(\fIptr\fR)
.sp
char *
void *
\fBTcl_Realloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
.sp
char *
void *
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
.sp
char *
void *
\fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
.sp
void
\fBckfree\fR(\fIptr\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBattemptckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBattemptckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *size
.AP "unsigned int" size in
@@ -79,14 +64,10 @@ allocation fails, these functions will return NULL. Note that on some
platforms, but not all, attempting to allocate a zero-sized block of
memory will also cause these functions to return NULL.
.PP
The procedures \fBckalloc\fR, \fBckfree\fR, \fBckrealloc\fR,
\fBattemptckalloc\fR, and \fBattemptckrealloc\fR are implemented
as macros. Normally, they are synonyms for the corresponding
procedures documented on this page. When Tcl and all modules
calling Tcl are compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined, however,
these macros are redefined to be special debugging versions
of these procedures. To support Tcl's memory debugging within a
module, use the macros rather than direct calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, etc.
When a module or Tcl itself is compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined,
the procedures \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBTcl_Free\fR, \fBTcl_Realloc\fR,
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR, and \fBTcl_AttempRealloc\fR are implemented
as macros, redefined to be special debugging versions of these procedures.
.SH KEYWORDS
alloc, allocation, free, malloc, memory, realloc, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
+1 -2
View File
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
return with an appropriate message. The particular script
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
.PP
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
+3 -3
View File
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations o
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProcPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProc, clientData\fR)
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr in
Pointer to location in which to store address of current deletion procedure
for association. Ignored if NULL.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value associated with the given key in this
interpreter. This data is owned by the caller.
.BE
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
.CE
.PP
+2 -2
View File
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int
.AS Tcl_AsyncHandler clientData
.AP Tcl_AsyncProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke to handle an asynchronous event.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
One-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.AP Tcl_AsyncHandler async in
Token for asynchronous event handler.
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ type \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIcode\fR);
.CE
-47
View File
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
char
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *countPtr out
.AP char *src in
Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
.AP int *countPtr out
If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
the backslash character.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
.PP
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
non-internationalized Tcl extensions. It parses a backslash sequence and
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
characters in the backslash sequence.
.PP
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
backslash, parse
+2 -2
View File
@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ unsigned char *
.AP "const unsigned char" *bytes in
The array of bytes used to initialize or set a byte-array value. May be NULL
even if \fIlength\fR is non-zero.
.AP int length in
The length of the array of bytes. It must be >= 0.
.AP size_t length in
The length of the array of bytes.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
For \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, this points to the value to be converted to
byte-array type. For \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR and
+2 -2
View File
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interp
Interpreter with which to associated callback.
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc in
Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
.CE
.PP
+1 -1
View File
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, only \fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR is currently
supported. For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, only \fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR and
\fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR are currently supported.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Currently reserved for future use.
It should be set to NULL.
.BE
+1 -1
View File
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Tcl_Channel
Interpreter for error reporting.
.AP "const Tcl_ChannelType" *typePtr in
The new channel I/O procedures to use for \fIchannel\fR.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to channel I/O procedures.
.AP int mask in
Conditions under which \fIchannel\fR will be used: OR-ed combination of
+7 -7
View File
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ Tcl_Object
int
\fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR(\fIobject\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_ObjectGetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ObjectSetMetadata\fR(\fIobject, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR(\fIclass, metaTypePtr, metadata\fR)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc
.sp
\fBTcl_ObjectSetMethodNameMapper\fR(\fIobject\fR, \fImethodNameMapper\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS ClientData metadata in/out
.AS void *metadata in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
Interpreter providing the context for looking up or creating an object, and
into whose result error messages will be written on failure.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ are not arguments to any constructors.
.AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
.AP ClientData metadata in
.AP void *metadata in
An item of metadata to attach to the class, or NULL to remove the metadata
associated with a particular \fImetaTypePtr\fR.
.AP "Tcl_ObjectMapMethodNameProc" "methodNameMapper" in
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ a class or object.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_ObjectMetadataDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fImetadata\fR);
void *\fImetadata\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fImetadata\fR argument gives the address of the metadata to be
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ associated with a class or object.
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
ClientData \fIsrcMetadata\fR,
ClientData *\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
void *\fIsrcMetadata\fR,
void **\fIdstMetadataPtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
+19 -19
View File
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChanne
Tcl_Channel
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR(\fItypePtr, channelName, instanceData, mask\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
.sp
const Tcl_ChannelType *
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ by any other channel. Can be NULL, in which case the channel is
created without a name. If the created channel is assigned to one
of the standard channels (\fBstdin\fR, \fBstdout\fR or \fBstderr\fR),
the assigned channel name will be the name of the standard channel.
.AP ClientData instanceData in
.AP void *instanceData in
Arbitrary one-word value to be associated with this channel. This
value is passed to procedures in \fItypePtr\fR when they are invoked.
.AP int mask in
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The channel to operate on.
.AP int direction in
\fBTCL_READABLE\fR means the input handle is wanted; \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
means the output handle is wanted.
.AP ClientData *handlePtr out
.AP void **handlePtr out
Points to the location where the desired OS-specific handle should be
stored.
.AP int size in
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ the generic layer to set blocking and nonblocking mode on the device.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverBlockModeProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
int \fImode\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ closed. \fICloseProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverCloseProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverClose2Proc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIflags\fR);
.CE
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ internal buffer. \fIInputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverInputProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
char *\fIbuf\fR,
int \fIbufSize\fR,
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ generic layer to transfer data from an internal buffer to the output device.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverOutputProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
const char *\fIbuf\fR,
int \fItoWrite\fR,
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSeekProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
long \fIoffset\fR,
int \fIseekMode\fR,
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef Tcl_WideInt \fBTcl_DriverWideSeekProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
int \fIseekMode\fR,
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ the generic layer to set a channel type specific option on a channel.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverSetOptionProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
const char *\fInewValue\fR);
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ channel. \fIgetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetOptionProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
Tcl_DString *\fIoptionValue\fR);
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ notice events of interest on this channel.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_DriverWatchProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
int \fImask\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -732,9 +732,9 @@ the generic layer to retrieve a device-specific handle from the channel.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverGetHandleProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
int \fIdirection\fR,
ClientData *\fIhandlePtr\fR);
void **\fIhandlePtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ It should be set to NULL.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverFlushProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
void *\fIinstanceData\fR);
.CE
.PP
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, which returns
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ that occur on the underlying (stacked) channel.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverHandlerProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
int \fIinterestMask\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
int \fIaction\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ length. It can be NULL.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_DriverTruncateProc\fR(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
void *\fIinstanceData\fR,
Tcl_WideInt \fIlength\fR);
.CE
.PP
+2 -2
View File
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ a zero value to temporarily disable an existing handler.
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke whenever the channel indicated by \fIchannel\fR meets
the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ what it means for a channel to be readable or writable.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_ChannelProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
int \fImask\fR);
.CE
.PP
+2 -2
View File
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ void
The channel for which to create or delete a close callback.
.AP Tcl_CloseProc *proc in
The procedure to call as the callback.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CloseProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR is the same as the value provided in the call to
+3 -3
View File
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Name of command.
.AP Tcl_CmdProc *proc in
Implementation of new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP voie *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIargc\fR,
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
+2 -2
View File
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ a handler.
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke whenever the file or device indicated
by \fIfile\fR meets the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ type \fBTcl_FileProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_FileProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
int \fImask\fR);
.CE
.PP
-162
View File
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
.PP
The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
clientDataPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
.AP "const char" *name in
Name for new function.
.AP int numArgs in
Number of arguments to new function; also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
function.
.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
Procedure that implements the function.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
.AP int *numArgsPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
arguments to the function.
.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
implemented directly in bytecode).
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
.AP "const char" *pattern in
Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR. The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
It should not be used by new applications, which should create
math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
.PP
In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
or any, respectively.
.PP
Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
\fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
which describe the actual arguments to the function:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
long \fIintValue\fR;
double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
.CE
.PP
The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
field will contain the actual value of the argument.
.PP
\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
to indicate which value was set.
Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call. Normally, the return code is
\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
result.
.PP
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. Some functions (the
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
will not be modified. The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
\fIpattern\fR. The returned value has a reference count of zero.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
expression, mathematical function
+11 -11
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj, Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Name of command.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Implementation of the new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ and it returns NULL.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
@@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ A \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure has the following fields:
typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
int \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR;
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *\fIobjProc\fR;
ClientData \fIobjClientData\fR;
void *\fIobjClientData\fR;
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIproc\fR;
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
void *\fIclientData\fR;
Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
ClientData \fIdeleteData\fR;
void *\fIdeleteData\fR;
Tcl_Namespace *\fInamespacePtr\fR;
} \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR;
.CE
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ otherwise, this is a compatibility procedure
registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
that simply calls the command's
value-based procedure after converting its string arguments to Tcl values.
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the ClientData value
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the clientData value
to pass to \fIdeleteProc\fR; it is normally the same as
\fIclientData\fR but may be set independently using the
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR procedure.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in place of the command name. If the
and fills in the structure designated by \fIinfoPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR is used to modify the procedures and
ClientData values associated with a command.
clientData values associated with a command.
Its \fIcmdName\fR argument is the name of a command in \fIinterp\fR.
\fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
to identify a command in a particular namespace.
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@ copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to Tcl's internal structure
for the command and returns 1.
.PP
Note that \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR and
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the ClientData for a
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the clientData for a
command's deletion procedure to be given a different value than the
ClientData for its command procedure.
clientData for its command procedure.
.PP
Note that neither \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR nor
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR will change a command's namespace.
+2 -2
View File
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Tcl_TimerToken
How many milliseconds to wait before invoking \fIproc\fR.
.AP Tcl_TimerProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke after \fImilliseconds\fR have elapsed.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.AP Tcl_TimerToken token in
Token for previously created timer handler (the return value
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ the type \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
+6 -6
View File
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ details of the calling sequence.
.AP Tcl_CmdTraceProc *proc in
Procedure to call for each command that is executed. See below for
details on the calling sequence.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
Procedure to call when the trace is deleted. See below for details of
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ interpreter.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
\fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR,
\fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
int \fIlevel\fR,
const char *\fIcommand\fR,
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are copies of the
corresponding arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR.
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
structure that describes what to do when \fIobjProc\fR is invoked. The
\fIlevel\fR parameter gives the nesting level of the command (1 for
top-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR by the application, 2 for
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR(
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
\fBvoid *\fR \fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
@@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIlevel\fR,
char *\fIcommand\fR,
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIcmdProc\fR,
ClientData \fIcmdClientData\fR,
void *\fIcmdClientData\fR,
int \fIargc\fR,
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
.CE
+5 -11
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ char *
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_DStringLength\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
.sp
char *
@@ -34,8 +34,6 @@ char *
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
@@ -49,10 +47,10 @@ Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
.AP "const char" *element in
Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
.AP int length in
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If -1,
.AP size_t length in
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If (size_t)-1,
add all characters up to null terminating character.
.AP int newLength in
.AP size_t newLength in
New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
character.
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
@@ -128,10 +126,6 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
will still need to be called.
.PP
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
This procedure is now deprecated. \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR should
be used instead.
.PP
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
the string. It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
+2 -2
View File
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_DoWhenIdle, Tcl_CancelIdleCall \- invoke a procedure when there are no pendi
.AS Tcl_IdleProc clientData
.AP Tcl_IdleProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP coid *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ type \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_IdleProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
+3 -3
View File
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
\fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
allocated memory to the specified file. The information output for
each allocated block of memory is: starting and ending addresses
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBTcl_Alloc\fR was
called to allocate the block and line number in that file. It is
especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
interpreter has been deleted.
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ by \fBTcl_Main\fR.
\fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR forces a validation of the guard zones of
all currently allocated blocks of memory. Normally validation of a
block occurs when its freed, unless full validation is enabled, in
which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBckalloc\fR and
\fBckfree\fR are called. This function forces the validation to occur
which case validation of all blocks occurs when \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and
\fBTcl_Free\fR are called. This function forces the validation to occur
at any point.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+6 -21
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -62,12 +62,6 @@ Tcl_Obj *
.sp
int
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -89,7 +83,7 @@ specified encoding that are to be converted to UTF-8. For the
UTF-8 characters to be converted to the specified encoding.
.AP "const TCHAR" *tsrc in
An array of Windows TCHAR characters to convert to UTF-8.
.AP int srcLen in
.AP size_t srcLen in
Length of \fIsrc\fR or \fItsrc\fR in bytes. If the length is negative, the
encoding-specific length of the string is used.
.AP Tcl_DString *dstPtr out
@@ -287,7 +281,7 @@ the encoding name to it. The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
\fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR. This procedure does not ensure that the
dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
exist.
.PP
@@ -314,7 +308,7 @@ typedef struct Tcl_EncodingType {
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fItoUtfProc\fR;
Tcl_EncodingConvertProc *\fIfromUtfProc\fR;
Tcl_EncodingFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
void *\fIclientData\fR;
int \fInullSize\fR;
} \fBTcl_EncodingType\fR;
.CE
@@ -345,7 +339,7 @@ type \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_EncodingConvertProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
const char *\fIsrc\fR,
int \fIsrcLen\fR,
int \fIflags\fR,
@@ -377,7 +371,7 @@ The callback procedure \fIfreeProc\fR, if non-NULL, should match the type
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_EncodingFreeProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
This \fIfreeProc\fR function is called when the encoding is deleted. The
@@ -402,15 +396,6 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories. When
searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
ignored.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
list. Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
list order, these routines establish the
.QW default
directory in which to find encoding data files.
.SH "ENCODING FILES"
Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
+3 -19
View File
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ int
.sp
int
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -67,9 +64,6 @@ first null byte are used.
Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
.AP char *part in
String forming part of a Tcl script.
.AP va_list argList in
An argument list which must have been initialized using
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -128,16 +122,10 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code. The string is parsed and executed directly
bytecodes. In situations where it is known that the script will never be
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
\fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR. Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
does not do the copy.
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR. For the
efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
that are now deprecated. They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
@@ -153,10 +141,6 @@ It returns the result of the command and also modifies
\fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
of arguments. \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
.PP
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
list. Like \fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is deprecated.
.SH "FLAG BITS"
.PP
+4 -7
View File
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ usually means that an error occurred.
Procedure to invoke before exiting application, or (for
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR) NULL to uninstall the current application exit
procedure.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ otherwise causes the application to terminate without calling
returns control to its caller.
If an application exit handler has been installed (see
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR), that handler is invoked with an argument
consisting of the exit status (cast to ClientData); the application
consisting of the exit status (cast to void *); the application
exit handler should not return control to Tcl.
.PP
\fBTcl_Finalize\fR is similar to \fBTcl_Exit\fR except that it does not
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ and freeing global memory.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_ExitProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
@@ -133,10 +133,7 @@ installed, that exit handler takes over complete responsibility for
finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
appropriate time. The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
cast to a ClientData value.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
cast to a void *value.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exit(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+13 -13
View File
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ int
int
\fBTcl_FSUnregister\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_FSData\fR(\fIfsPtr\fR)
.sp
void
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
int
\fBTcl_FSConvertToPathType\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_FSGetInternalRep\fR(\fIpathPtr, fsPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ this structure will be returned. This parameter may be NULL.
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter to use either for results, evaluation, or reporting error
messages.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
The native description of the path value to create.
.AP Tcl_Obj *firstPtr in
The first of two path values to compare. The value may be converted
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Name of a procedure to look up in the file's symbol table
Filled with the init function for this code.
.AP Tcl_PackageInitProc **proc2Ptr out
Filled with the safe-init function for this code.
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
Filled with the clientData value to pass to this code's unload
function when it is called.
.AP Tcl_LoadHandle *loadHandlePtr out
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ better functions to use for most purposes.
\fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath\fR does the same as
\fBTcl_FSGetTranslatedPath\fR, but returns a character string or NULL.
The string returned is dynamically allocated and owned by the caller,
which must store it or call \fBckfree\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
which must store it or call \fBTcl_Free\fR to ensure it is freed. Again,
\fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR or \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR are usually
better functions to use for most purposes.
.PP
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ It returns one of \fBTCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE\fR, \fBTCL_PATH_RELATIVE\fR, or
.SS "PORTABLE STAT RESULT API"
.PP
\fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR allocates a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR on the system heap (which
may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
may be deallocated by being passed to \fBTcl_Free\fR). This allows extensions to
invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
.PP
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ general that is not a good thing to do). \fBTCL_OK\fR will be returned.
the list of known filesystems, if it is known, and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If
the filesystem is not currently registered, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the ClientData associated with the given
\fBTcl_FSData\fR will return the clientData associated with the given
filesystem, if that filesystem is registered. Otherwise it will
return NULL.
.PP
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ Tcl's internal list of known filesystems.
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR(
Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR,
ClientData *\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
void **\fIclientDataPtr\fR);
.CE
.SS DUPINTERNALREPPROC
.PP
@@ -1028,8 +1028,8 @@ simply not copy the internal representation, which may then need to be
regenerated later.
.PP
.CS
typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
typedef void *\fBTcl_FSDupInternalRepProc\fR(
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.SS FREEINTERNALREPPROC
Free the internal representation. This must be implemented if internal
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ internal representation is generated), but may otherwise be NULL.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_FSFreeInternalRepProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.SS INTERNALTONORMALIZEDPROC
.PP
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ representation is the normalized path.
.PP
.CS
typedef Tcl_Obj *\fBTcl_FSInternalToNormalizedProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.SS CREATEINTERNALREPPROC
.PP
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ the \fITcl_FSPathInFilesystemProc\fR for this filesystem always
immediately creates an internal representation for paths it accepts.
.PP
.CS
typedef ClientData \fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
typedef void *\fBTcl_FSCreateInternalRepProc\fR(
Tcl_Obj *\fIpathPtr\fR);
.CE
.SS NORMALIZEPATHPROC
+1 -3
View File
@@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ internal full path name of the executable file as computed by
equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command. NULL
is returned if the internal full path name has not been
computed or unknown.
.PP
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.SH KEYWORDS
binary, executable file
+2 -5
View File
@@ -64,12 +64,9 @@ if the first such characters are
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form; otherwise,
if the first such characters are
.QW \fB0b\fR
then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form; otherwise,
if the first such character is
.QW \fB0\fR
then \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in octal form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
is expected to be in decimal form.
is expected to be in binary form; otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
expected to be in decimal form.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
number, which is: white space; a sign; a sequence of digits; a
+1 -1
View File
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ be used for reading.
.AP int checkUsage in
If non-zero, then an error will be generated if the file was not opened
for the access indicated by \fIwrite\fR.
.AP ClientData *filePtr out
.AP void **filePtr out
Points to word in which to store pointer to FILE structure for
the file given by \fIchanID\fR.
.BE
+4 -4
View File
@@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ Pointer to handler function replacing \fBTcl_GetTime\fR's access to the OS.
.AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc scaleProc in
Pointer to handler function for the conversion of time delays in the
virtual domain to real-time.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Value passed through to the two handler functions.
.AP Tcl_GetTimeProc *getProcPtr out
Pointer to place the currently registered get handler function into.
.AP Tcl_ScaleTimeProc *scaleProcPtr out
Pointer to place the currently registered scale handler function into.
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
Pointer to place the currently registered pass-through value into.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ The signatures of the handler functions are as follows:
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_GetTimeProc\fR(
Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
typedef void \fBTcl_ScaleTimeProc\fR(
Tcl_Time *\fItimebuf\fR,
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fItimebuf\fR fields contain the time to manipulate, and the
+4 -10
View File
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Tcl_HashEntry *
Tcl_HashEntry *
\fBTcl_FindHashEntry\fR(\fItablePtr, key\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR(\fIentryPtr, value\fR)
@@ -66,9 +66,8 @@ The word at \fI*newPtr\fR is set to 1 if a new entry was created
and 0 if there was already an entry for \fIkey\fR.
.AP Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr in
Pointer to hash table entry.
.AP ClientData value in
New value to assign to hash table entry. Need not have type
ClientData, but must fit in same space as ClientData.
.AP void *value in
New value to assign to hash table entry.
.AP Tcl_HashSearch *searchPtr in
Pointer to record to use to keep track of progress in enumerating
all the entries in a hash table.
@@ -186,11 +185,6 @@ instead, it returns NULL as result.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetHashValue\fR and \fBTcl_SetHashValue\fR are used to
read and write an entry's value, respectively.
Values are stored and retrieved as type
.QW ClientData ,
which is
large enough to hold a pointer value. On almost all machines this is
large enough to hold an integer value too.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetHashKey\fR returns the key for a given hash table entry,
either as a pointer to a string, a one-word
@@ -229,7 +223,7 @@ overall information about a hash table, such as the number of
entries it contains, the number of buckets in its hash array,
and the utilization of the buckets.
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result string
by passing it to \fBckfree\fR.
by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.
.PP
The header file \fBtcl.h\fR defines the actual data structures
used to implement hash tables.
+3 -3
View File
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol. Typically, you would include the
\fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
.IP 3) 5
Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
Tcl library. For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
.PP
If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
\fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
-13
View File
@@ -33,19 +33,6 @@ the pointer as described below is no longer supported. The supported
public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
.PP
For legacy programs and extensions no longer being maintained, compiles
against the Tcl 8.6 header files are only possible with the compiler
directives
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
and/or
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_ERRORLINE
.CE
depending on which fields of the \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct are accessed.
These directives may be embedded in code or supplied via compiler options.
.PP
The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
results or error messages from commands.
This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
+3 -3
View File
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the handler returns. Many handlers may be attached to the same
interpreter limit; their order of execution is not defined, and they
must be identified by \fIhandlerProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR when they
are deleted.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary pointer-sized word used to pass some context to the
\fIhandlerProc\fR function.
.AP Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc in
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
A limit handler may be deleted using \fBTcl_LimitRemoveHandler\fR; the
+24 -100
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -17,52 +17,27 @@ Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl varia
int
\fBTcl_LinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type\fR)
.sp
.VS "TIP 312"
int
\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type, size\fR)
.VE "TIP 312"
.sp
\fBTcl_UnlinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_UpdateLinkedVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp varName in
.AS Tcl_Interp writable
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter that contains \fIvarName\fR.
Also used by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR to return error messages.
.AP "const char" *varName in
Name of global variable.
.AP void *addr in
.AP char *addr in
Address of C variable that is to be linked to \fIvarName\fR.
.sp
.VS "TIP 312"
In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, may be NULL to tell Tcl to create the storage
for the array in the variable.
.VE "TIP 312"
.AP int type in
Type of C variable for \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR or type of array element for
\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR. Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
Type of C variable. Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or one of the extra ones listed below.
.sp
In \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR, the additional linked type \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR may be
used.
.sp
.VS "TIP 312"
In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR may be used.
.VE "TIP 312"
.sp
All the above for both functions may be
optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
variable read-only.
.AP int size in
.VS "TIP 312"
The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
.VE "TIP 312"
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or
\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR, optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR
to make Tcl variable read-only.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -77,21 +52,12 @@ while setting up the link (e.g. because \fIvarName\fR is the
name of array) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the interpreter's result
contains an error message.
.PP
.VS "TIP 312"
\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR is similar, but for arrays of fixed size (given by
the \fIsize\fR argument). When asked to allocate the backing C array
storage (via the \fIaddr\fR argument being NULL), it writes the
address that it allocated to the Tcl interpreter result.
.VE "TIP 312"
.PP
The \fItype\fR argument specifies the type of the C variable,
or the type of the elements of the C array,
and must have one of the following values, optionally OR'ed with
\fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR:
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
@@ -100,8 +66,7 @@ string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned int\fR type; attempts to
@@ -111,31 +76,16 @@ representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBchar\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBchar\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
\fBchar\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.RS
.PP
.VS "TIP 312"
If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR instead.
.VE "TIP 312"
.RE
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR
.VS "TIP 312"
The C array is of type \fBchar *\fR and is mapped into Tcl as a string.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
.VE "TIP 312"
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned char\fR type; attempts to
@@ -143,24 +93,9 @@ write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.RS
.PP
.VS "TIP 312"
If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR instead.
.VE "TIP 312"
.RE
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR
.VS "TIP 312"
The C array is of type \fBunsigned char *\fR and is mapped into Tcl
as a bytearray.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
.VE "TIP 312"
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBshort\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBshort\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
\fBshort\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
@@ -169,8 +104,7 @@ integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned short\fR type; attempts to
@@ -180,8 +114,7 @@ representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBlong\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBlong\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-integer or out-of-range
@@ -190,8 +123,7 @@ integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned long\fR type; attempts to
@@ -201,8 +133,7 @@ representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBdouble\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBdouble\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-real values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
@@ -211,8 +142,7 @@ empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are
accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBfloat\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBfloat\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR and must be within the
range acceptable for a \fBfloat\fR; attempts to
@@ -222,9 +152,7 @@ or real representations (like the empty string, '.', '+', '-' or
the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR
(which is an integer type
The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR (which is an integer type
at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support it.)
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR; attempts to write
@@ -234,10 +162,9 @@ string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR
(which is an unsigned integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that
can support it.)
The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR (which is an unsigned
integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support
it.)
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR (it will be
cast to unsigned);
@@ -248,8 +175,7 @@ the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
If its value is zero then it will read from Tcl as
.QW 0 ;
otherwise it will read from Tcl as
@@ -262,17 +188,15 @@ non-boolean values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
Tcl errors.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR
.
The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
Whenever the Tcl variable is modified the current C string will be
freed and new memory will be allocated to hold a copy of the variable's
new value.
If the C variable contains a NULL pointer then the Tcl variable
will read as
.QW NULL .
This is only supported by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR.
.PP
If the \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR flag is present in \fItype\fR then the
variable will be read-only from Tcl, so that its value can only be
+7 -7
View File
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Tcl_Object
int
\fBTcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs\fR(\fIcontext\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS ClientData clientData in
.AS void *clientData in
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
The interpreter holding the object or class to create or update a method in.
.AP Tcl_Object object in
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
.AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
compare against.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
A piece of data that is passed to the implementation of the method without
interpretation.
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
.AP void **clientDataPtr out
A pointer to a variable in which to write the \fIclientData\fR value supplied
when the method was created. If NULL, the \fIclientData\fR value will not be
retrieved.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Functions matching this signature are called when the method is invoked.
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_MethodCallProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tcl_ObjectContext \fIobjectContext\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ through a new method being created or because the object or class is deleted.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_MethodDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR argument to a Tcl_MethodDeleteProc will be the same as
@@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ class is copied using \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR (or \fBoo::copy\fR).
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_CloneProc\fR(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
ClientData \fIoldClientData\fR,
ClientData *\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
void *\fIoldClientData\fR,
void **\fInewClientDataPtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIinterp\fR argument gives a place to write an error message when the
+10 -10
View File
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
(\fIq.v.\fR).
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if
the return code is TCL_OK.
.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
A function to push.
.AP ClientData data0 in
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
.AP void *data0 in
.AP void *data1 in
.AP void *data2 in
.AP void *data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ a message as the interpreter's result.
.CS
typedef int
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
\fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
\fBvoid *\fR \fIdata\fR[],
\fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIresult\fR);
.CE
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ stack, to evalute a script:
.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
ClientData clientData,
void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:
.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
ClientData clientData,
void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ int
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
ClientData clientData,
void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ int
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
ClientData data[],
void *data[],
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int result)
{
+2 -2
View File
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The interpreter in which the namespace exists and where name lookups
are performed. Also where error result messages are written.
.AP "const char" *name in
The name of the namespace or command to be created or accessed.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
A context pointer by the creator of the namespace. Not interpreted by
Tcl at all.
.AP Tcl_NamespaceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ the global namespace.)
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_NamespaceDeleteProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
\fBTcl_DeleteNamespace\fR deletes a namespace, calling the
+7 -7
View File
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Tcl_ThreadId
void
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR(\fIdeleteProc, clientData\fR)
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_InitNotifier\fR()
.sp
void
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Procedure to invoke to prepare for event wait in \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR.
Procedure for \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR to invoke after waiting for
events. Checks to see if any events have occurred and, if so,
queues them.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIsetupProc\fR, \fIcheckProc\fR, or
\fIdeleteProc\fR.
.AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is NULL, it means there is no maximum wait time: wait forever if
necessary.
.AP Tcl_Event *evPtr in
An event to add to the event queue. The storage for the event must
have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
have been allocated by the caller using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
.AP Tcl_QueuePosition position in
Where to add the new event in the queue: \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR,
\fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, or \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ the event source.
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_EventSetupProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
int \fIflags\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_EventCheckProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
int \fIflags\fR);
.CE
.PP
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ of window events.
When \fIproc\fR returns 1, \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR will remove the
event from the event queue and free its storage.
Note that the storage for an event must be allocated by
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
.PP
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ queue. \fIProc\fR should match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_EventDeleteProc\fR(
Tcl_Event *\fIevPtr\fR,
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
void *\fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
+2 -2
View File
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ which is defined as follows.
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tcl_Obj {
int \fIrefCount\fR;
size_t \fIrefCount\fR;
char *\fIbytes\fR;
int \fIlength\fR;
size_t \fIlength\fR;
const Tcl_ObjType *\fItypePtr\fR;
union {
long \fIlongValue\fR;
+2 -2
View File
@@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
for the string representation, same as one would do for other
Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
or \fBckalloc\fR. Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.
.PP
The \fIupdateStringProc\fR for Tcl's built-in double type, for example,
+13 -13
View File
@@ -53,28 +53,28 @@ int
int
\fBTcl_Read\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_GetsObj\fR(\fIchannel, lineObjPtr\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_Gets\fR(\fIchannel, lineRead\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_Ungets\fR(\fIchannel, input, inputLen, addAtEnd\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_WriteObj\fR(\fIchannel, writeObjPtr\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_WriteChars\fR(\fIchannel, charBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_Write\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_ReadRaw\fR(\fIchannel, readBuf, bytesToRead\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_WriteRaw\fR(\fIchannel, byteBuf, bytesToWrite\fR)
.sp
int
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ input of the invoking process; likewise for \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and
redirect stdio handles to override the stdio handles for which
\fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR and \fBTCL_STDERR\fR have been set. If it
is set, then such redirections cause an error.
.AP ClientData handle in
.AP void *handle in
Operating system specific handle for I/O to a file. For Unix this is a
file descriptor, for Windows it is a HANDLE.
.AP int readOrWrite in
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ from a procedure such as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR.
.AP Tcl_Obj *readObjPtr in/out
A pointer to a Tcl value in which to store the characters read from the
channel.
.AP int charsToRead in
.AP size_t charsToRead in
The number of characters to read from the channel. If the channel's encoding
is \fBbinary\fR, this is equivalent to the number of bytes to read from the
channel.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ If non-zero, data read from the channel will be appended to the value.
Otherwise, the data will replace the existing contents of the value.
.AP char *readBuf out
A buffer in which to store the bytes read from the channel.
.AP int bytesToRead in
.AP size_t bytesToRead in
The number of bytes to read from the channel. The buffer \fIreadBuf\fR must
be large enough to hold this many bytes.
.AP Tcl_Obj *lineObjPtr in/out
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ channel. Must have been initialized by the caller. The line read will be
appended to any data already in the dynamic string.
.AP "const char" *input in
The input to add to a channel buffer.
.AP int inputLen in
.AP size_t inputLen in
Length of the input
.AP int addAtEnd in
Flag indicating whether the input should be added to the end or
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ A pointer to a Tcl value whose contents will be output to the channel.
A buffer containing the characters to output to the channel.
.AP "const char" *byteBuf in
A buffer containing the bytes to output to the channel.
.AP int bytesToWrite in
.AP size_t bytesToWrite in
The number of bytes to consume from \fIcharBuf\fR or \fIbyteBuf\fR and
output to the channel.
.AP Tcl_WideInt offset in
+3 -3
View File
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ If nonzero, the client socket is connected asynchronously to the server.
.AP "unsigned int" flags in
ORed combination of \fBTCL_TCPSERVER\fR flags that specify additional
informations about the socket being created.
.AP ClientData sock in
.AP void *sock in
Platform-specific handle for client TCP socket.
.AP Tcl_TcpAcceptProc *proc in
Pointer to a procedure to invoke each time a new connection is
accepted via the socket.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ the channel. \fIProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_TcpAcceptProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Channel \fIchannel\fR,
char *\fIhostName\fR,
int \fIport\fR);
+1 -11
View File
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -16,9 +16,6 @@ void
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
.sp
void
@@ -91,13 +88,6 @@ the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
will be displayed.
.PP
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list. This
function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.PP
This function can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+6 -6
View File
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The array of arguments to be parsed.
Pointer to a variable that will hold the array of unprocessed arguments.
Should be NULL if no return of unprocessed arguments is required. If
\fIobjcPtr\fR is updated to a non-zero value, the array returned through this
must be deallocated using \fBckfree\fR.
must be deallocated using \fBTcl_Free\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
void *\fIsrcPtr\fR;
void *\fIdstPtr\fR;
const char *\fIhelpStr\fR;
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
void *\fIclientData\fR;
} \fBTcl_ArgvInfo\fR;
.CE
.PP
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ the argument's value. The following values are acceptable values for
\fBTCL_ARGV_CONSTANT\fR
.
The argument does not take any following value argument. If this argument is
present, the \fIsrcPtr\fR field (casted to \fIint\fR) is copied to the variable
pointed to by the \fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
present, the int pointed to by the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the
\fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
.TP
\fBTCL_ARGV_END\fR
.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ have the following signature:
.PP
.CS
typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvFuncProc\fR)(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR,
void *\fIdstPtr\fR);
.CE
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ function will have the following signature:
.PP
.CS
typedef int (\fBTcl_ArgvGenFuncProc\fR)(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj *const *\fIobjv\fR,
+7 -21
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,20 +33,16 @@ const char *
.sp
\fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
determines the context for evaluating the
script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
.AP "const char" *start in
Pointer to first character in string to parse.
.AP int numBytes in
@@ -191,16 +187,6 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
some other integer value originating in an extension.
In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
The reference count of the value returned as result has been
incremented, so the caller must
invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
.SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
.PP
\fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
@@ -222,8 +208,8 @@ typedef struct Tcl_Parse {
typedef struct Tcl_Token {
int \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIstart\fR;
int \fIsize\fR;
int \fInumComponents\fR;
size_t \fIsize\fR;
size_t \fInumComponents\fR;
} \fBTcl_Token\fR;
.CE
.PP
+2 -2
View File
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Tcl_Preserve, Tcl_Release, Tcl_EventuallyFree \- avoid freeing storage while it
\fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR(\fIclientData, freeProc\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_FreeProc clientData
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Token describing structure to be freed or reallocated. Usually a pointer
to memory for structure.
.AP Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc in
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ reasons, but the value is the same.
.PP
When the \fIclientData\fR argument to \fBTcl_EventuallyFree\fR
refers to storage allocated and returned by a prior call to
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, \fBckalloc\fR, or another function of the Tcl library,
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR or another function of the Tcl library,
then the \fIfreeProc\fR argument should be given the special value of
\fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR.
.PP
+2 -7
View File
@@ -18,10 +18,7 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
controlled the conversion. As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
that is now shared by all interpreters.
This argument is ignored.
.AP double value in
Floating-point value to be converted.
.AP char *dst out
@@ -41,9 +38,7 @@ so that it does not look like an integer. Where \fB%g\fR would
generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
.QW .0 .
.PP
If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
precisely that many digits of significance. If the value is zero
(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
The result will have the fewest digits needed to
represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
as well as a result value containing additional information
(a result value or error message)
+1 -1
View File
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
.PP
At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
an error.
By default the recursion limit is 1000.
+1 -19
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ const char *
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
@@ -152,9 +150,6 @@ extensions.
Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.PP
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
@@ -197,19 +192,6 @@ It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
is about to replace one result value with another.
.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
.PP
It used to be legal for programs to
directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
to manipulate the interpreter result. The Tcl headers no longer
permit this access by default, and C code still doing this must
be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
+5 -5
View File
@@ -20,16 +20,16 @@ int
char *
\fBTcl_Merge\fR(\fIargc, argv\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_ScanElement\fR(\fIsrc, flagsPtr\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_ScanCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, flagsPtr\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR(\fIsrc, dst, flags\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_ConvertCountedElement\fR(\fIsrc, length, dst, flags\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const char *const" ***argvPtr out
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ String that is to become an element of a list.
.AP int *flagsPtr in
Pointer to word to fill in with information about \fIsrc\fR.
The value of *\fIflagsPtr\fR must be passed to \fBTcl_ConvertElement\fR.
.AP int length in
.AP size_t length in
Number of bytes in string \fIsrc\fR.
.AP char *dst in
Place to copy converted list element. Must contain enough characters
-3
View File
@@ -64,9 +64,6 @@ the event of an error it should set the interpreter's result to point to an
error message. The result or error from the initialization procedure will
be returned as the result of the \fBload\fR command that caused the
initialization procedure to be invoked.
.PP
This function can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.SH KEYWORDS
initialization procedure, package, static linking
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+11 -18
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -59,9 +59,6 @@ void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
@@ -90,29 +87,29 @@ Tcl_Obj *
Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
used to set or append to a string value.
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative. (Applications needing null bytes
unless \fInumChars\fR is (size_t)-1. (Applications needing null bytes
should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e700\e600\fR, use
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
.AP int length in
.AP size_t length in
The number of bytes to copy from \fIbytes\fR when
initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
If negative, all bytes up to the first null are used.
If (size_t)-1, all bytes up to the first null are used.
.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *unicode in
Points to the first byte of an array of Unicode characters
used to set or append to a string value.
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.
.AP int numChars in
.AP size_t numChars in
The number of Unicode characters to copy from \fIunicode\fR when
initializing, setting, or appending to a string value.
If negative, all characters up to the first null character are used.
.AP int index in
If (size_t)-1, all characters up to the first null character are used.
.AP size_t index in
The index of the Unicode character to return.
.AP int first in
.AP size_t first in
The index of the first Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
returned as a new value.
.AP int last in
.AP size_t last in
The index of the last Unicode character in the Unicode range to be
returned as a new value.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
@@ -127,7 +124,7 @@ Null-terminated string value to append to \fIobjPtr\fR.
.AP va_list argList in
An argument list which must have been initialized using
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
.AP int limit in
.AP size_t limit in
Maximum number of bytes to be appended.
.AP "const char" *ellipsis in
Suffix to append when the limit leads to string truncation.
@@ -140,7 +137,7 @@ Format control string including % conversion specifiers.
The number of elements to format or concatenate.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objv[] in
The array of values to format or concatenate.
.AP int newLength in
.AP size_t newLength in
New length for the string value of \fIobjPtr\fR, not including the
final null character.
.BE
@@ -247,10 +244,6 @@ values may contain internal null characters). Any number of
\fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
argument list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
+6 -6
View File
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ and the Tcl \fBmemory\fR command can be used to validate and examine
memory usage.
.SH "GUARD ZONES"
.PP
When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBckalloc\fR is
When memory debugging is enabled, whenever a call to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR is
made, slightly more memory than requested is allocated so the memory
debugging code can keep track of the allocated memory, and eight-byte
.QW "guard zones"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ C #define \fBLOW_GUARD_SIZE\fR and #define \fBHIGH_GUARD_SIZE\fR
in the file \fIgeneric/tclCkalloc.c\fR \(em it can
be extended if you suspect large overwrite problems, at some cost in
performance.) A known pattern is written into the guard zones and, on
a call to \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
a call to \fBTcl_Free\fR, the guard zones of the space being freed are
checked to see if either zone has been modified in any way. If one
has been, the guard bytes and their new contents are identified, and a
.QW "low guard failed"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ or
message is issued. The
.QW "guard failed"
message includes the address of the memory packet and
the file name and line number of the code that called \fBckfree\fR.
the file name and line number of the code that called \fBTcl_Free\fR.
This allows you to detect the common sorts of one-off problems, where
not enough space was allocated to contain the data written, for
example.
@@ -66,15 +66,15 @@ suspect (or know) that corruption is occurring before the Tcl
interpreter comes up far enough for you to issue commands, you can set
\fBMEM_VALIDATE\fR define, recompile tclCkalloc.c and rebuild Tcl.
This will enable memory validation from the first call to
\fBckalloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR, again, at a large performance impact.
.PP
If you are desperate and validating memory on every call to
\fBckalloc\fR and \fBckfree\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR and \fBTcl_Free\fR is not enough, you can explicitly call
\fBTcl_ValidateAllMemory\fR directly at any point. It takes a \fIchar
*\fR and an \fIint\fR which are normally the filename and line number
of the caller, but they can actually be anything you want. Remember
to remove the calls after you find the problem.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ckalloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
Tcl_Alloc, memory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory, Tcl_DumpActiveMemory
.SH KEYWORDS
memory, debug
+4 -4
View File
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ First, the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into \fIwords\fR
and performs substitutions as described below.
These substitutions are performed in the same way for all
commands.
Secondly, the first word is used to locate a routine to
carry out the command, and the remaining words of the command are
passed to that routine.
The routine is free to interpret each of its words
Secondly, the first word is used to locate a command procedure to
carry out the command, then all of the words of the command are
passed to the command procedure.
The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words
in any way it likes, such as an integer, variable name, list,
or Tcl script.
Different commands interpret their words differently.
+3 -3
View File
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The initial value for the checksum algorithm.
.AP "unsigned char" *bytes in
An array of bytes to run the checksum algorithm over, or NULL to get the
recommended initial value for the checksum algorithm.
.AP int length in
.AP size_t length in
The number of bytes in the array.
.AP int mode in
What mode to operate the stream in. Should be either
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ if the currently compressed data must be made available for access using
into a state where the decompressor can recover from on corruption, or
\fBTCL_ZLIB_FINALIZE\fR to ensure that the stream is finished and that any
trailer demanded by the format is written.
.AP int count in
The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or -1 to get all remaining
.AP size_t count in
The maximum number of bytes to get from the stream, or (size_t)-1 to get all remaining
bytes from the stream's buffers.
.AP Tcl_Obj *compDict in
A byte array value that is the compression dictionary to use with the stream.
-2
View File
@@ -189,8 +189,6 @@ procedure (if any) returns. In non-interactive mode, after
\fBTcl_Main\fR evaluates the startup script, and the main loop
procedure (if any) returns, \fBTcl_Main\fR will also evaluate
the \fBexit\fR command.
.PP
This function can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tclsh(1), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3), Tcl_AppInit(3),
exit(n), encoding(n)
+3 -3
View File
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Id of the thread waited upon.
.AP Tcl_ThreadCreateProc *proc in
This procedure will act as the \fBmain()\fR of the newly created
thread. The specified \fIclientData\fR will be its sole argument.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary information. Passed as sole argument to the \fIproc\fR.
.AP int stackSize in
The size of the stack given to the new thread.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ value and then finishes.
.CS
static \fBTcl_ThreadCreateType\fR
MyThreadImplFunc(
ClientData clientData)
void *clientData)
{
int i, limit = (int) clientData;
for (i=0 ; i<limit ; i++) {
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ would do this:
.PP
.CS
int limit = 1000000000;
ClientData limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
void *limitData = (void*)((intptr_t) limit);
Tcl_ThreadId id; \fI/* holds identity of thread created */\fR
int result;
+6
View File
@@ -78,5 +78,11 @@ turns each character in the string into its lower-case equivalent.
turns the first character in the string into its title-case equivalent
and all following characters into their lower-case equivalents.
.SH BUGS
.PP
At this time, the case conversions are only defined for the ISO8859-1
characters. Unicode characters above 0x00ff are not modified by these
routines.
.SH KEYWORDS
utf, unicode, toupper, tolower, totitle, case
+5 -5
View File
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames an
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo(\fIinterp, cmdName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
.sp
int
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ OR'ed collection of the values \fBTCL_TRACE_RENAME\fR and
\fBTCL_TRACE_DELETE\fR.
.AP Tcl_CommandTraceProc *proc in
Procedure to call when specified operations occur to \fIcmdName\fR.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary argument to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.AP ClientData prevClientData in
.AP void *prevClientData in
If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_CommandTraceInfo\fR,
so this call will return information about next trace. If NULL, this
call will return information about first trace.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ match the type \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
const char *\fIoldName\fR,
const char *\fInewName\fR,
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_CommandTraceProc\fR(
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will have the same
values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceCommand\fR when the trace was
created. \fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
created. \fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR is invoked.
\fIOldName\fR gives the name of the command being renamed, and
\fInewName\fR gives the name that the command is being renamed to (or
+13 -13
View File
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ int
.sp
\fBTcl_UntraceVar2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, clientData\fB)\fR
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo(\fIinterp, varName, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
.sp
ClientData
void *
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2(\fIinterp, name1, name2, flags, proc, prevClientData\fB)\fR
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_VarTraceProc prevClientData
.AS void *prevClientData
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter containing variable.
.AP "const char" *varName in
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Not all flags are used by all
procedures. See below for more information.
.AP Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke whenever one of the traced operations occurs.
.AP ClientData clientData in
.AP void *clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.AP "const char" *name1 in
Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Name of scalar or array variable (without array index).
For a trace on an element of an array, gives the index of the
element. For traces on scalar variables or on whole arrays,
is NULL.
.AP ClientData prevClientData in
.AP void *prevClientData in
If non-NULL, gives last value returned by \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo\fR or
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2\fR, so this call will return information about
next trace. If NULL, this call will return information about first
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ before an array set, but that will trigger write traces.
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR
The result of invoking the \fIproc\fR is a dynamically allocated
string that will be released by the Tcl library via a call to
\fBckfree\fR. Must not be specified at the same time as
\fBTcl_Free\fR. Must not be specified at the same time as
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR.
.TP
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ It should have arguments and result that match the type
.PP
.CS
typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
void *\fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
char *\fIname1\fR,
char *\fIname2\fR,
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ typedef char *\fBTcl_VarTraceProc\fR(
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters will
have the same values as those passed to \fBTcl_TraceVar\fR when the
trace was created.
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
\fIclientData\fR typically points to an application-specific
data structure that describes what to do when \fIproc\fR
is invoked.
\fIName1\fR and \fIname2\fR give the name of the traced variable
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ The return value must be a pointer to a static character string
containing an error message,
unless (\fIexactly\fR one of) the \fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_DYNAMIC\fR and
\fBTCL_TRACE_RESULT_OBJECT\fR flags is set, which specify that the result is
either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBckfree\fR) or a
either a dynamic string (to be released with \fBTcl_Free\fR) or a
Tcl_Obj* (cast to char* and to be released with
\fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR) containing the error message.
If a trace procedure returns an error, no further traces are
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ trace procedures will always be invoked.
.SH "RESTRICTIONS"
.PP
A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
are partially formed results stored in the interpreter. If
is a partially formed result in the interpreter's result area. If
the trace procedure does anything that could damage this result (such
as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must use the \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
and related routines to save and restore the original state of
the interpreter before it returns.
as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must save the original values of
the interpreter's \fBresult\fR and \fBfreeProc\fR fields and restore
them before it returns.
.SH "UNDEFINED VARIABLES"
.PP
It is legal to set a trace on an undefined variable.
+18 -22
View File
@@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ int
\fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, numChars\fR)
\fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR(\fIucs, uct, uniLength\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharCaseMatch\fR(\fIuniStr, uniPattern, nocase\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, numChars\fR)
\fBTcl_UtfNcasecmp\fR(\fIcs, ct, length\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfCharComplete\fR(\fIsrc, length\fR)
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ int
const char *
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR(\fIsrc, index\fR)
.sp
int
size_t
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
@@ -94,19 +94,16 @@ A null-terminated Unicode string.
A null-terminated Unicode string.
.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in
A null-terminated Unicode string.
.AP int length in
.AP size_t length in
The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters). If
negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.AP int uniLength in
The length of the Unicode string in characters. Must be greater than or
equal to 0.
(size_t)-1, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.AP size_t uniLength in
The length of the Unicode string in characters.
.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
The number of characters to compare.
.AP "const char" *start in
Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
.AP int index in
.AP size_t index in
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
.AP int *readPtr out
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
@@ -132,11 +129,10 @@ represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR. The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is a high surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 1 and a single byte in the range 0xF0 - 0xF4
will be stored. If you still want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even
though knowing it's an illegal code-point on its own), just call
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again specifying ch = -1.
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is an upper surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 0 and nothing will be stored. If you still
want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even though knowing it's an illegal
code-point on its own), just call \fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again using ch = -1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR. The return value is the
@@ -176,7 +172,7 @@ the number of Unicode characters (not bytes) in that string.
\fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR and \fBTcl_UniCharNcasecmp\fR correspond to
\fBstrncmp\fR and \fBstrncasecmp\fR, respectively, for Unicode characters.
They accept two null-terminated Unicode strings and the number of characters
to compare. Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR characters
to compare. Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIuniLength\fR characters
long. \fBTcl_UniCharNcmp\fR compares the two strings character-by-character
according to the Unicode character ordering. It returns an integer greater
than, equal to, or less than 0 if the first string is greater than, equal
@@ -190,7 +186,7 @@ be case sensitive and returns whether the string matches the pattern.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR corresponds to \fBstrncmp\fR for UTF-8 strings. It
accepts two null-terminated UTF-8 strings and the number of characters
to compare. (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fInumChars\fR
to compare. (Both strings are assumed to be at least \fIlength\fR
characters long.) \fBTcl_UtfNcmp\fR compares the two strings
character-by-character according to the Unicode character ordering.
It returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0 if the
@@ -242,12 +238,12 @@ return value will be \fIstart\fR.
Pascal Ord() function. It returns the Tcl_UniChar represented at the
specified character (not byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string
\fIsrc\fR. The source string must contain at least \fIindex\fR
characters. Behavior is undefined if a negative \fIindex\fR is given.
characters.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR returns a pointer to the specified character (not
byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The source string must
contain at least \fIindex\fR characters. This is equivalent to calling
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given,
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times. If \fIindex\fR is (size_t)-1,
the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
+1 -1
View File
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ has been completed.
.VS TIP508
Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
returned when reading from an element of the array \fIarrayName\fR if the read
returned when reading from an element of the array \farrayName\fR if the read
would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
relation to non-existing array elements.
-60
View File
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
case \- Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? \fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?
.sp
\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? {\fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?}
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fINote: the \fBcase\fI command is obsolete and is supported only
for backward compatibility. At some point in the future it may be
removed entirely. You should use the \fBswitch\fI command instead.\fR
.PP
The \fBcase\fR command matches \fIstring\fR against each of
the \fIpatList\fR arguments in order.
Each \fIpatList\fR argument is a list of one or
more patterns. If any of these patterns matches \fIstring\fR then
\fBcase\fR evaluates the following \fIbody\fR argument
by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter and returns the result
of that evaluation.
Each \fIpatList\fR argument consists of a single
pattern or list of patterns. Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
described under \fBstring match\fR. If a \fIpatList\fR
argument is \fBdefault\fR, the corresponding body will be evaluated
if no \fIpatList\fR matches \fIstring\fR. If no \fIpatList\fR argument
matches \fIstring\fR and no default is given, then the \fBcase\fR
command returns an empty string.
.PP
Two syntaxes are provided for the \fIpatList\fR and \fIbody\fR arguments.
The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
this form is convenient if substitutions are desired on some of the
patterns or commands.
The second form places all of the patterns and commands together into
a single argument; the argument must have proper list structure, with
the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.
The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
backslash at the end of each line.
Since the \fIpatList\fR arguments are in braces in the second form,
no command or variable substitutions are performed on them; this makes
the behavior of the second form different than the first form in some
cases.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
switch(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
case, match, regular expression
+10 -16
View File
@@ -886,46 +886,40 @@ The \fIinputString\fR argument consists of zero or more specifications of the
following form:
.TP
\fItime\fR
.
A time of day, which is of the form:
.QW "\fIhh\fR?\fB:\fImm\fR?\fB:\fIss\fR?? ?\fImeridian\fR? ?\fIzone\fR?"
or
.QW "\fBhhmm \fR?\fBmeridian\fR? ?\fBzone\fR?" .
If no \fImeridian\fR is specified, \fIhh\fR is interpreted on
A time of day, which is of the form: \fBhh?:mm?:ss?? ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
or \fBhhmm ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
If no meridian is specified, \fBhh\fR is interpreted on
a 24-hour clock.
.TP
\fIdate\fR
.
A specific month and day with optional year. The
acceptable formats are
.QW "\fImm\fB/\fIdd\fR?\fB/\fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fImonthname dd\fR?\fB, \fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fIday\fB, \fIdd monthname \fR?\fIyy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fIdd monthname yy\fR" ,
.QW "?\fICC\fR?\fIyymmdd\fR" ,
.QW "\fBmm/dd\fR?\fB/yy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBmonthname dd\fR?\fB, yy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBday, dd monthname \fR?\fByy\fR?" ,
.QW "\fBdd monthname yy\fR" ,
.QW "?\fBCC\fR?\fByymmdd\fR" ,
and
.QW "\fIdd\fB-\fImonthname\fB-\fR?\fICC\fR?\fIyy\fR" .
.QW "\fBdd-monthname-\fR?\fBCC\fR?\fByy\fR" .
The default year is the current year. If the year is less
than 100, we treat the years 00-68 as 2000-2068 and the years 69-99
as 1969-1999. Not all platforms can represent the years 38-70, so
an error may result if these years are used.
.TP
\fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR
.
An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR,
where \fBT\fR is the literal
.QW T ,
.QW "\fICCyymmdd hhmmss\fR" ,
or
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR .
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh:mm:ss\fR .
Note that only these three formats are accepted.
The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
specifications specified in ISO8601. Other formats can be recognized by
giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
.TP
\fIrelative time\fR
.
A specification relative to the current time. The format is \fBnumber
unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR,
\fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
-217
View File
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2014-2018 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "cookiejar" n 0.1 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cookiejar \- Implementation of the Tcl http package cookie jar protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require\fR \fBcookiejar\fR ?\fB0.1\fR?
\fB::http::cookiejar configure\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIoptionValue\fR?
\fB::http::cookiejar create\fR \fIname\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
\fB::http::cookiejar new\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBdestroy\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBforceLoadDomainData\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBgetCookies\fR \fIprotocol host path\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBstoreCookie\fR \fIoptions\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBlookup\fR ?\fIhost\fR? ?\fIkey\fR?
.fi
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The cookiejar package provides an implementation of the http package's cookie
jar protocol using an SQLite database. It provides one main command,
\fB::http::cookiejar\fR, which is a TclOO class that should be instantiated to
create a cookie jar that manages a particular HTTP session.
.PP
The database management policy can be controlled at the package level by the
\fBconfigure\fR method on the \fB::http::cookiejar\fR class object:
.TP
\fB::http::cookiejar configure\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIoptionValue\fR?
.
If neither \fIoptionName\fR nor \fIoptionValue\fR are supplied, this returns a
copy of the configuration as a Tcl dictionary. If just \fIoptionName\fR is
supplied, just the value of the named option is returned. If both
\fIoptionName\fR and \fIoptionValue\fR are given, the named option is changed
to be the given value.
.RS
.PP
Supported options are:
.TP
\fB\-domainfile \fIfilename\fR
.
A file (defaulting to within the cookiejar package) with a description of the
list of top-level domains (e.g., \fB.com\fR or \fB.co.jp\fR). Such domains
\fImust not\fR accept cookies set upon them. Note that the list of such
domains is both security-sensitive and \fInot\fR constant and should be
periodically refetched. Cookie jars maintain their own cache of the domain
list.
.TP
\fB\-domainlist \fIurl\fR
.
A URL to fetch the list of top-level domains (e.g., \fB.com\fR or
\fB.co.jp\fR) from. Such domains \fImust not\fR accept cookies set upon
them. Note that the list of such domains is both security-sensitive and
\fInot\fR constant and should be periodically refetched. Cookie jars maintain
their own cache of the domain list.
.TP
\fB\-domainrefresh \fIintervalMilliseconds\fR
.
The number of milliseconds between checks of the \fI\-domainlist\fR for new
domains.
.TP
\fB\-loglevel \fIlevel\fR
.
The logging level of this package. The logging level must be (in order of
decreasing verbosity) one of \fBdebug\fR, \fBinfo\fR, \fBwarn\fR, or
\fBerror\fR.
.TP
\fB\-offline \fIflag\fR
.
Allows the cookie managment engine to be placed into offline mode. In offline
mode, the list of domains is read immediately from the file configured in the
\fB\-domainfile\fR option, and the \fB\-domainlist\fR option is not used; it
also makes the \fB\-domainrefresh\fR option be effectively ignored.
.TP
\fB\-purgeold \fIintervalMilliseconds\fR
.
The number of milliseconds between checks of the database for expired
cookies; expired cookies are deleted.
.TP
\fB\-retain \fIcookieCount\fR
.
The maximum number of cookies to retain in the database.
.TP
\fB\-vacuumtrigger \fIdeletionCount\fR
.
A count of the number of persistent cookie deletions to go between vacuuming
the database.
.RE
.PP
Cookie jar instances may be made with any of the standard TclOO instance
creation methods (\fBcreate\fR or \fBnew\fR).
.TP
\fB::http::cookiejar new\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
.
If a \fIfilename\fR argument is provided, it is the name of a file containing
an SQLite database that will contain the persistent cookies maintained by the
cookie jar; the database will be created if the file does not already
exist. If \fIfilename\fR is not supplied, the database will be held entirely within
memory, which effectively forces all cookies within it to be session cookies.
.SS "INSTANCE METHODS"
.PP
The following methods are supported on the instances:
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBdestroy\fR
.
This is the standard TclOO destruction method. It does \fInot\fR delete the
SQLite database if it is written to disk. Callers are responsible for ensuring
that the cookie jar is not in use by the http package at the time of
destruction.
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBforceLoadDomainData\fR
.
This method causes the cookie jar to immediately load (and cache) the domain
list data. The domain list will be loaded from the \fB\-domainlist\fR
configured a the package level if that is enabled, and otherwise will be
obtained from the \fB\-domainfile\fR configured at the package level.
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBgetCookies\fR \fIprotocol host path\fR
.
This method obtains the cookies for a particular HTTP request. \fIThis
implements the http cookie jar protocol.\fR
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBpolicyAllow\fR \fIoperation domain path\fR
.
This method is called by the \fBstoreCookie\fR method to get a decision on
whether to allow \fIoperation\fR to be performed for the \fIdomain\fR and
\fIpath\fR. This is checked immediately before the database is updated but
after the built-in security checks are done, and should return a boolean
value; if the value is false, the operation is rejected and the database is
not modified. The supported \fIoperation\fRs are:
.RS
.TP
\fBdelete\fR
.
The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to delete a cookie.
.TP
\fBsession\fR
.
The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to create or update a session cookie.
.TP
\fBset\fR
.
The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to create or update a persistent cookie (with a
defined lifetime).
.PP
The default implementation of this method just returns true, but subclasses of
this class may impose their own rules.
.RE
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBstoreCookie\fR \fIoptions\fR
.
This method stores a single cookie from a particular HTTP response. Cookies
that fail security checks are ignored. \fIThis implements the http cookie jar
protocol.\fR
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBlookup\fR ?\fIhost\fR? ?\fIkey\fR?
.
This method looks a cookie by exact host (or domain) matching. If neither
\fIhost\fR nor \fIkey\fR are supplied, the list of hosts for which a cookie is
stored is returned. If just \fIhost\fR (which may be a hostname or a domain
name) is supplied, the list of cookie keys stored for that host is returned.
If both \fIhost\fR and \fIkey\fR are supplied, the value for that key is
returned; it is an error if no such host or key match exactly.
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
The simplest way of using a cookie jar is to just permanently configure it at
the start of the application.
.PP
.CS
package require http
\fBpackage require cookiejar\fR
set cookiedb ~/.tclcookies.db
http::configure -cookiejar [\fBhttp::cookiejar new\fR $cookiedb]
# No further explicit steps are required to use cookies
set tok [http::geturl http://core.tcl.tk/]
.CE
.PP
To only allow a particular domain to use cookies, perhaps because you only
want to enable a particular host to create and manipulate sessions, create a
subclass that imposes that policy.
.PP
.CS
package require http
\fBpackage require cookiejar\fR
oo::class create MyCookieJar {
superclass \fBhttp::cookiejar\fR
method \fBpolicyAllow\fR {operation domain path} {
return [expr {$domain eq "my.example.com"}]
}
}
set cookiedb ~/.tclcookies.db
http::configure -cookiejar [MyCookieJar new $cookiedb]
# No further explicit steps are required to use cookies
set tok [http::geturl http://core.tcl.tk/]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
http(n), oo::class(n), sqlite3(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
cookie, internet, security policy, www
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+81 -195
View File
@@ -34,11 +34,7 @@ either the \fIdefScript\fR argument or by the \fIsubcommand\fR and following
\fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
.PP
Note that the constructor for \fBoo::class\fR will call \fBoo::define\fR on
the script argument that it is provided. This is a convenient way to create
and define a class in one step.
.SH "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
@@ -52,7 +48,7 @@ the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
.RS
.PP
Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBsel\fR and
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBself\R and
\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
@@ -74,11 +70,13 @@ namespace of the constructor will be a namespace that is unique to the object
being constructed. Within the constructor, the \fBnext\fR command should be
used to call the superclasses' constructors. If \fIbodyScript\fR is the empty
string, the constructor will be deleted.
.RS
.PP
Classes do not need to have a constructor defined. If none is specified, the
superclass's constructor will be used instead.
.RE
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified).
.TP
\fBdestructor\fI bodyScript\fR
.
@@ -104,6 +102,16 @@ class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
turn be overridden by instances.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded method called \fIname\fR. The method is
@@ -132,7 +140,7 @@ where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fIargList bodyScript\fR
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
@@ -142,20 +150,23 @@ the body of the method is evaluated, the current namespace of the method will
be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
\fBunexport\fR
.VS TIP519
or by specifying \fB\-export\fR, \fB\-private\fR or \fB\-unexport\fR in the
optional parameter \fIoption\fR.
.VE TIP519
\fBunexport\fR.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below) or if the \fB\-private\fR flag is given for \fIoption\fR, this command
creates private procedure-like methods.
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.TP
\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
.TP
\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
@@ -175,6 +186,16 @@ context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified). Does
not change the export status of the method; if it was exported before, it will
be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself\fI subcommand arg ...\fR
.TP
\fBself\fI script\fR
@@ -248,79 +269,24 @@ namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from other classes
extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SS "ADVANCED CLASS CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
.PP
The following definitions are also supported, but are not required in simple
programs:
.TP
\fBdefinitionnamespace\fR ?\fIkind\fR? \fInamespaceName\fR
.VS TIP524
This allows control over what namespace will be used by the \fBoo::define\fR
and \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands to look up the definition commands they
use. When any object has a definition operation applied to it, \fIthe class that
it is an instance of\fR (and its superclasses and mixins) is consulted for
what definition namespace to use. \fBoo::define\fR gets the class definition
namespace, and \fB::oo::objdefine\fR gets the instance definition namespace,
but both otherwise use the identical lookup operation.
.RS
.PP
This sets the definition namespace of kind \fIkind\fR provided by the current
class to \fInamespaceName\fR. The \fInamespaceName\fR must refer to a
currently existing namespace, or must be the empty string (to stop the current
class from having such a namespace connected). The \fIkind\fR, if supplied,
must be either \fB\-class\fR (the default) or \fB\-instance\fR to specify the
whether the namespace for use with \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR
respectively is being set.
.PP
The class \fBoo::object\fR has its instance namespace locked to
\fB::oo::objdefine\fR, and the class \fBoo::class\fR has its class namespace
locked to \fB::oo::define\fR. A consequence of this is that effective use of
this feature for classes requires the definition of a metaclass.
.RE
.VE TIP524
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified) or the
class object itself.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified), or the
class object itself. Does
not change the export status of the method; if it was exported before, it will
be afterwards.
.SH "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::objdefine\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR
form:
.TP
\fBclass\fI className\fR
.
This allows the class of an object to be changed after creation. Note that the
class's constructors are not called when this is done, and so the object may
well be in an inconsistent state unless additional configuration work is done.
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from an object. The methods
must have previously existed in that object. Does not affect the classes that
the object is an instance of.
.TP
\fBexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
@@ -328,6 +294,17 @@ This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded object method called \fIname\fR. The
@@ -344,7 +321,7 @@ below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fIargList bodyScript\fR
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates, updates or deletes an object method. The name of the method is
\fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the method (defined using the same format
@@ -352,18 +329,12 @@ as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the
method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
letter, and non-exported otherwise;
.VS TIP519
this can be overridden by specifying \fB\-export\fR, \fB\-private\fR or
\fB\-unexport\fR in the optional parameter \fIoption\fR, or via the
\fBexport\fR and \fBunexport\fR definitions.
.VE TIP519
letter, and non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below) or if the \fB\-private\fR flag is given for \fIoption\fR, this command
creates private procedure-like methods.
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
@@ -392,6 +363,19 @@ difference in behavior when used in a private definition context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR
.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
@@ -424,50 +408,6 @@ instance namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from
superclass methods extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SS "ADVANCED OBJECT CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
.PP
The following definitions are also supported, but are not required in simple
programs:
.TP
\fBclass\fI className\fR
.
This allows the class of an object to be changed after creation. Note that the
class's constructors are not called when this is done, and so the object may
well be in an inconsistent state unless additional configuration work is done.
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from an object. The methods
must have previously existed in that object (e.g., because it was created
through \fBoo::objdefine method\fR). Does not affect the classes that the
object is an instance of, or remove the exposure of those class-provided
methods in the instance of that class.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
that the object is an instance of and cannot rename in an instance object the
methods provided by those classes (though a \fBoo::objdefine forward\fRed
method may provide an equivalent capability). Does not change the export
status of the method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR
.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
.SH "PRIVATE METHODS"
.VS TIP500
When a class or instance has a private method, that private method can only be
@@ -588,7 +528,7 @@ for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
.SH EXAMPLES
This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
\fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
illustrating four of the subcommands of them.
illustrating four of their subcommands.
.PP
.CS
oo::class create c
@@ -719,60 +659,6 @@ $g update "emailaddress=admins"
\fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.PP
.VS TIP524
This example shows how to make a custom definition for a class. Note that it
explicitly includes delegation to the existing definition commands via
\fBnamespace path\fR.
.PP
.CS
namespace eval myDefinitions {
# Delegate to existing definitions where not overridden
namespace path \fB::oo::define\fR
# A custom type of method
proc exprmethod {name arguments body} {
tailcall \fBmethod\fR $name $arguments [list expr $body]
}
# A custom way of building a constructor
proc parameters args {
uplevel 1 [list \fBvariable\fR {*}$args]
set body [join [lmap a $args {
string map [list VAR $a] {
set [my varname VAR] [expr {double($VAR)}]
}
}] ";"]
tailcall \fBconstructor\fR $args $body
}
}
# Bind the namespace into a (very simple) metaclass for use
oo::class create exprclass {
\fBsuperclass\fR oo::class
\fBdefinitionnamespace\fR myDefinitions
}
# Use the custom definitions
exprclass create quadratic {
parameters a b c
exprmethod evaluate {x} {
($a * $x**2) + ($b * $x) + $c
}
}
# Showing the resulting class and object in action
quadratic create quad 1 2 3
for {set x 0} {$x <= 4} {incr x} {
puts [format "quad(%d) = %.2f" $x [quad evaluate $x]]
}
\fI\(-> quad(0) = 3.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(1) = 6.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(2) = 11.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(3) = 18.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(4) = 27.00\fR
.CE
.VE TIP524
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
-16
View File
@@ -120,22 +120,6 @@ It is an error to attempt to retrieve a value for a key that is not
present in the dictionary.
.RE
.TP
\fBdict getdef \fIdictionaryValue \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIkey default\fR
.TP
\fBdict getwithdefault \fIdictionaryValue \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIkey default\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP342"
This behaves the same as \fBdict get\fR (with at least one \fIkey\fR
argument), returning the value that the key path maps to in the
dictionary \fIdictionaryValue\fR, except that instead of producing an
error because the \fIkey\fR (or one of the \fIkey\fRs on the key path)
is absent, it returns the \fIdefault\fR argument instead.
.RS
.PP
Note that there must always be at least one \fIkey\fR provided, and that
\fBdict getdef\fR and \fBdict getwithdefault\fR are aliases for each other.
.RE
.VE "8.7, TIP342"
.TP
\fBdict incr \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIincrement\fR?
.
This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
+2 -5
View File
@@ -50,9 +50,7 @@ An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form. For
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.
A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
@@ -126,8 +124,7 @@ applied to integers.
.TP 20
\fB**\fR
.
Exponentiation. Valid for numeric operands. The maximum exponent value
that Tcl can handle if the first number is an integer > 1 is 268435455.
Exponentiation. Valid for numeric operands.
.TP 20
\fB*\0\0/\0\0%\fR
.
+2 -113
View File
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http\fI ?\fB2.8\fR?
\fBpackage require http ?2.8?\fR
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
\fB::http::config ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
\fB::http::geturl \fIurl\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
.sp
@@ -99,15 +99,6 @@ comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive. For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-cookiejar\fR \fIcommand\fR
.VS TIP406
The cookie store for the package to use to manage HTTP cookies.
\fIcommand\fR is a command prefix list; if the empty list (the
default value) is used, no cookies will be sent by requests or stored
from responses. The command indicated by \fIcommand\fR, if supplied,
must obey the \fBCOOKIE JAR PROTOCOL\fR described below.
.VE TIP406
.TP
\fB\-pipeline\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether HTTP/1.1 transactions on a persistent socket will be
@@ -779,108 +770,6 @@ Subsequent GET and HEAD requests in a failed pipeline will also be retried.
that the retry is appropriate\fR - specifically, the application must know
that if the failed POST successfully modified the state of the server, a repeat POST
would have no adverse effect.
.VS TIP406
.SH "COOKIE JAR PROTOCOL"
.PP
Cookies are short key-value pairs used to implement sessions within the
otherwise-stateless HTTP protocol. (See RFC 6265 for details; Tcl does not
implement the Cookie2 protocol as that is rarely seen in the wild.)
.PP
Cookie storage managment commands \(em
.QW "cookie jars"
\(em must support these subcommands which form the HTTP cookie storage
management protocol. Note that \fIcookieJar\fR below does not have to be a
command name; it is properly a command prefix (a Tcl list of words that will
be expanded in place) and admits many possible implementations.
.PP
Though not formally part of the protocol, it is expected that particular
values of \fIcookieJar\fR will correspond to sessions; it is up to the caller
of \fB::http::config\fR to decide what session applies and to manage the
deletion of said sessions when they are no longer desired (which should be
when they not configured as the current cookie jar).
.TP
\fIcookieJar \fBgetCookies \fIprotocol host requestPath\fR
.
This command asks the cookie jar what cookies should be supplied for a
particular request. It should take the \fIprotocol\fR (typically \fBhttp\fR or
\fBhttps\fR), \fIhost\fR name and \fIrequestPath\fR (parsed from the \fIurl\fR
argument to \fB::http::geturl\fR) and return a list of cookie keys and values
that describe the cookies to supply to the remote host. The list must have an
even number of elements.
.RS
.PP
There should only ever be at most one cookie with a particular key for any
request (typically the one with the most specific \fIhost\fR/domain match and
most specific \fIrequestPath\fR/path match), but there may be many cookies
with different names in any request.
.RE
.TP
\fIcookieJar \fBstoreCookie \fIcookieDictionary\fR
.
This command asks the cookie jar to store a particular cookie that was
returned by a request; the result of this command is ignored. The cookie
(which will have been parsed by the http package) is described by a
dictionary, \fIcookieDictionary\fR, that may have the following keys:
.RS
.TP
\fBdomain\fR
.
This is always present. Its value describes the domain hostname \fIor
prefix\fR that the cookie should be returned for. The checking of the domain
against the origin (below) should be careful since sites that issue cookies
should only do so for domains related to themselves. Cookies that do not obey
a relevant origin matching rule should be ignored.
.TP
\fBexpires\fR
.
This is optional. If present, the cookie is intended to be a persistent cookie
and the value of the option is the Tcl timestamp (in seconds from the same
base as \fBclock seconds\fR) of when the cookie expires (which may be in the
past, which should result in the cookie being deleted immediately). If absent,
the cookie is intended to be a session cookie that should be not persisted
beyond the lifetime of the cookie jar.
.TP
\fBhostonly\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is a boolean that describes whether the
cookie is a single host cookie (true) or a domain-level cookie (false).
.TP
\fBhttponly\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is a boolean that is true when the site
wishes the cookie to only ever be used with HTTP (or HTTPS) traffic.
.TP
\fBkey\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is the \fIkey\fR of the cookie, which is
part of the information that must be return when sending this cookie back in a
future request.
.TP
\fBorigin\fR
.
This is always present. Its value describes where the http package believes it
received the cookie from, which may be useful for checking whether the
cookie's domain is valid.
.TP
\fBpath\fR
.
This is always present. Its value describes the path prefix of requests to the
cookie domain where the cookie should be returned.
.TP
\fBsecure\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is a boolean that is true when the cookie
should only used on requests sent over secure channels (typically HTTPS).
.TP
\fBvalue\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is the value of the cookie, which is part of
the information that must be return when sending this cookie back in a future
request.
.PP
Other keys may always be ignored; they have no meaning in this protocol.
.RE
.VE TIP406
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
-88
View File
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2014-2018 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "idna" n 0.1 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcl::idna \- Support for normalization of Internationalized Domain Names
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require tcl::idna 1.0
\fBtcl::idna decode\fR \fIhostname\fR
\fBtcl::idna encode\fR \fIhostname\fR
\fBtcl::idna puny decode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
\fBtcl::idna puny encode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
\fBtcl::idna version\fR
.fi
.SH DESCRIPTION
This package provides an implementation of the punycode scheme used in
Internationalised Domain Names, and some access commands. (See RFC 3492 for a
description of punycode.)
.TP
\fBtcl::idna decode\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
This command takes the name of a host that potentially contains
punycode-encoded character sequences, \fIhostname\fR, and returns the hostname
as might be displayed to the user. Note that there are often UNICODE
characters that have extremely similar glyphs, so care should be taken with
displaying hostnames to users.
.TP
\fBtcl::idna encode\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
This command takes the name of a host as might be displayed to the user,
\fIhostname\fR, and returns the version of the hostname with characters not
permitted in basic hostnames encoded with punycode.
.TP
\fBtcl::idna puny\fR \fIsubcommand ...\fR
.
This command provides direct access to the basic punycode encoder and
decoder. It supports two \fIsubcommand\fRs:
.RS
.TP
\fBtcl::idna puny decode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
.
This command decodes the punycode-encoded string, \fIstring\fR, and returns
the result. If \fIcase\fR is provided, it is a boolean to make the case be
folded to upper case (if \fIcase\fR is true) or lower case (if \fIcase\fR is
false) during the decoding process; if omitted, no case transformation is
applied.
.TP
\fBtcl::idna puny encode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
.
This command encodes the string, \fIstring\fR, and returns the
punycode-encoded version of the string. If \fIcase\fR is provided, it is a
boolean to make the case be folded to upper case (if \fIcase\fR is true) or
lower case (if \fIcase\fR is false) during the encoding process; if omitted,
no case transformation is applied.
.RE
.TP
\fBtcl::idna version\fR
.
This returns the version of the \fBtcl::idna\fR package.
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP
This is an example of how punycoding of a string works:
.PP
.CS
package require tcl::idna
puts [\fBtcl::idna puny encode\fR "abc\(->def"]
# prints: \fIabcdef-kn2c\fR
puts [\fBtcl::idna puny decode\fR "abcdef-kn2c"]
# prints: \fIabc\(->def\fR
.CE
'\" TODO: show how it handles a real domain name
.SH "SEE ALSO"
http(n), cookiejar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
internet, www
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+236 -164
View File
@@ -13,102 +13,129 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
info \- Information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
info \- Return information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBinfo \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Available commands:
This command provides information about various internals of the Tcl
interpreter.
The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBinfo args \fIprocname\fR
.
Returns the names of the parameters to the procedure named \fIprocname\fR.
Returns a list containing the names of the arguments to procedure
\fIprocname\fR, in order. \fIProcname\fR must be the name of a
Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo body \fIprocname\fR
.
Returns the body of the procedure named \fIprocname\fR.
Returns the body of procedure \fIprocname\fR. \fIProcname\fR must be
the name of a Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo class\fI subcommand class\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.
Returns information about the class named \fIclass\fR.
See \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns the total number of commands evaluated in this interpreter.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdtype \fIcommandName\fR
.VS TIP426
Returns a the type of the command named \fIcommandName\fR.
Built-in types are:
Returns a description of the kind of command named by \fIcommandName\fR. The
supported types are:
.RS
.IP \fBalias\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR.
In a safe interpreter an alias is only visible if both the alias and the
target are visible.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR. Note that
safe interpreters can only see a subset of aliases (specifically those between
two commands within themselves).
.IP \fBcoroutine\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
.IP \fBensemble\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
.IP \fBimport\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
.IP \fBnative\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
interface directly without further registration of the type of command.
.IP \fBobject\fR
\fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBprivateObject\fR
\fIcommandName\fR is the private command, \fBmy\fR by default,
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the private command (\fBmy\fR by default)
that represents an instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBproc\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
.IP \fBslave\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
.IP \fBzlibStream\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
.PP
Other types may be also registered as well. See \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
There may be other registered types as well; this is a set that is extensible
at the implementation level with \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
.RE
.VE TIP426
.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the names of all commands visible in the current namespace. If
\fIpattern\fR is given, returns only those names that match according to
\fBstring match\fR. Only the last component of \fIpattern\fR is a pattern.
Other components identify a namespace. See \fBNAMESPACE RESOLUTION\fR in the
\fBnamespace\fR(n) documentation.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
including both the built-in commands written in C and
the command procedures defined using the \fBproc\fR command.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified,
only those names matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.
Matching is determined using the same rules as for \fBstring match\fR.
\fIpattern\fR can be a qualified name like \fBFoo::print*\fR.
That is, it may specify a particular namespace
using a sequence of namespace names separated by double colons (\fB::\fR),
and may have pattern matching special characters
at the end to specify a set of commands in that namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
the resulting list of command names has each one qualified with the name
of the specified namespace, and only the commands defined in the named
namespace are returned.
.\" Technically, most of this hasn't changed; that's mostly just the
.\" way it always worked. Hardly anyone knew that though.
.TP
\fBinfo complete \fIcommand\fR
.
Returns 1 if \fIcommand\fR is a complete command, and \fB0\fR otherwise.
Typically used in line-oriented input environments
to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines.
Returns 1 if \fIcommand\fR is a complete Tcl command in the sense of
having no unclosed quotes, braces, brackets or array element names.
If the command does not appear to be complete then 0 is returned.
This command is typically used in line-oriented input environments
to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines; if the
command is not complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
lines have been typed to complete the command.
.TP
\fBinfo coroutine\fR
.
Returns the name of the current \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if there is no current coroutine or the current coroutine
has been deleted.
Returns the name of the currently executing \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if either no coroutine is currently executing, or the current coroutine
has been deleted (but has not yet returned or yielded since deletion).
.TP
\fBinfo default \fIprocname parameter varname\fR
\fBinfo default \fIprocname arg varname\fR
.
If the parameter \fIparameter\fR for the procedure named \fIprocname\fR has a
default value, stores that value in \fIvarname\fR and returns \fB1\fR.
Otherwise, returns \fB0\fR.
\fIProcname\fR must be the name of a Tcl command procedure and \fIarg\fR
must be the name of an argument to that procedure. If \fIarg\fR
does not have a default value then the command returns \fB0\fR.
Otherwise it returns \fB1\fR and places the default value of \fIarg\fR
into variable \fIvarname\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo errorstack \fR?\fIinterp\fR?
.
Returns a description of the active command at each level for the
last error in the current interpreter, or in the interpreter named
\fIinterp\fR if given.
Returns, in a form that is programmatically easy to parse, the function names
and arguments at each level from the call stack of the last error in the given
\fIinterp\fR, or in the current one if not specified.
.RS
.PP
The description is a dictionary of tokens and parameters. Tokens are
This form is an even-sized list alternating tokens and parameters. Tokens are
currently either \fBCALL\fR, \fBUP\fR, or \fBINNER\fR, but other values may be
introduced in the future. \fBCALL\fR indicates a command call, and its
introduced in the future. \fBCALL\fR indicates a procedure call, and its
parameter is the corresponding \fBinfo level\fR \fB0\fR. \fBUP\fR indicates a
shift in variable frames generated by \fBuplevel\fR or similar, and applies to
the previous \fBCALL\fR item. Its parameter is the level offset. \fBINNER\fR
@@ -116,103 +143,126 @@ identifies the
.QW "inner context" ,
which is the innermost atomic command or bytecode instruction that raised the
error, along with its arguments when available. While \fBCALL\fR and \fBUP\fR
provide a trail of the call path, \fBINNER\fR provides details of the offending
operation in the innermost procedure call, even to sub-expression
allow to follow complex call paths, \fBINNER\fR homes in on the offending
operation in the innermost procedure call, even going to sub-expression
granularity.
.PP
This information is also present in the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry of the
options dictionary returned by 3-argument \fBcatch\fR; \fBinfo errorstack\fR
is a convenient way of retrieving it for uncaught errors at top-level in an
interactive \fBinterpreter\fR.
interactive \fBtclsh\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fBinfo exists \fIvarName\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if a variable named \fIvarName\fR is visible and has been
defined, and \fB0\fR otherwise.
Returns \fB1\fR if the variable named \fIvarName\fR exists in the
current context (either as a global or local variable) and has been
defined by being given a value, returns \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fBinfo frame\fR ?\fIdepth\fR?
\fBinfo frame\fR ?\fInumber\fR?
.
Returns the depth of the call to \fBinfo frame\fR itself. Otherwise, returns a
dictionary describing the active command at the \fIdepth\fR, which counts all
commands visible to \fBinfo level\fR, plus commands that don't create a new
level, such as \fBeval\fR, \fBsource\fR, or \fIuplevel\fR. The frame depth is
always greater than the current level.
This command provides access to all frames on the stack, even those
hidden from \fBinfo level\fR. If \fInumber\fR is not specified, this
command returns a number giving the frame level of the command. This
is 1 if the command is invoked at top-level. If \fInumber\fR is
specified, then the result is a dictionary containing the location
information for the command at the \fInumber\fRed level on the stack.
.RS
.PP
If \fIdepth\fR is greater than \fB0\fR it is the frame at that depth. Otherwise
it is the number of frames up from the current frame.
If \fInumber\fR is positive (> 0) then it selects a particular stack
level (1 refers to the outer-most active command, 2 to the command it
called, and so on, up to the current frame level which refers to
\fBinfo frame\fR itself); otherwise it gives a level relative to the
current command (0 refers to the current command, i.e., \fBinfo
frame\fR itself, -1 to its caller, and so on).
.PP
As with \fBinfo level\fR and error traces, for nested commands like
This is similar to how \fBinfo level\fR works, except that this
subcommand reports all frames, like \fBsource\fRd scripts,
\fBeval\fRs, \fBuplevel\fRs, etc.
.PP
Note that for nested commands, like
.QW "foo [bar [x]]" ,
only
.QW x
is seen by \fBinfo frame\fR invoked within
will be seen by an \fBinfo frame\fR invoked within
.QW x .
This is the same as for \fBinfo level\fR and error stack traces.
.PP
The dictionary may contain the following keys:
The result dictionary may contain the keys listed below, with the
specified meanings for their values:
.TP
\fBtype\fR
.
Always present. Possible values are \fBsource\fR, \fBproc\fR,
This entry is always present and describes the nature of the location
for the command. The recognized values are \fBsource\fR, \fBproc\fR,
\fBeval\fR, and \fBprecompiled\fR.
.RS
.TP
\fBsource\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
A script loaded via the \fBsource\fR
means that the command is found in a script loaded by the \fBsource\fR
command.
.TP
\fBproc\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
The body of a procedure that could not be traced back to a
line in a particular script.
means that the command is found in dynamically created procedure body.
.TP
\fBeval\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
The body of a script provided to \fBeval\fR or \fBuplevel\fR.
means that the command is executed by \fBeval\fR or \fBuplevel\fR.
.TP
\fBprecompiled\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
A pre-compiled script (loadable by the package
\fBtbcload\fR), and no further information is available.
means that the command is found in a pre-compiled script (loadable by
the package \fBtbcload\fR), and no further information will be
available.
.RE
.TP
\fBline\fR
.
The line number of of the command inside its script. Not available for
\fBprecompiled\fR commands. When the type is \fBsource\fR, the line number is
relative to the beginning of the file, whereas for the last two types it is
relative to the start of the script.
This entry provides the number of the line the command is at inside of
the script it is a part of. This information is not present for type
\fBprecompiled\fR. For type \fBsource\fR this information is counted
relative to the beginning of the file, whereas for the last two types
the line is counted relative to the start of the script.
.TP
\fBfile\fR
.
For type \fBsource\fR, provides the normalized path of the file that contains
the command.
This entry is present only for type \fBsource\fR. It provides the
normalized path of the file the command is in.
.TP
\fBcmd\fR
.
The command before substitutions were performed.
This entry provides the string representation of the command. This is
usually the unsubstituted form, however for commands which are a
canonically-constructed list (e.g., as produced by the \fBlist\fR command)
executed by \fBeval\fR it is the substituted form as they have no other
string representation. Care is taken that the canonicality property of
the latter is not spoiled.
.TP
\fBproc\fR
.
For type \fBprod\fR, the name of the procedure containing the command.
This entry is present only if the command is found in the body of a
regular Tcl procedure. It then provides the name of that procedure.
.TP
\fBlambda\fR
.
For a command in a script evaluated as the body of an unnamed routine via the
\fBapply\fR command, the definition of that routine.
This entry is present only if the command is found in the body of an
anonymous Tcl procedure, i.e. a lambda. It then provides the entire
definition of the lambda in question.
.TP
\fBlevel\fR
.
For a frame that corresponds to a level, (to be determined).
This entry is present only if the queried frame has a corresponding
frame returned by \fBinfo level\fR. It provides the index of this
frame, relative to the current level (0 and negative numbers).
.PP
When a command can be traced to its literal definition in some script, e.g.
procedures nested in statically defined procedures, and literal eval scripts in
files or statically defined procedures, its type is \fBsource\fR and its
location is the absolute line number in the script. Otherwise, its type is
\fBproc\fR and its location is its line number within the body of the
procedure.
A thing of note is that for procedures statically defined in files the
locations of commands in their bodies will be reported with type
\fBsource\fR and absolute line numbers, and not as type
\fBproc\fR. The same is true for procedures nested in statically
defined procedures, and literal eval scripts in files or statically
defined procedures.
.PP
In contrast, procedure definitions and \fBeval\fR within a dynamically
\fBeval\fRuated environment count line numbers relative to the start of
@@ -220,7 +270,7 @@ their script, even if they would be able to count relative to the
start of the outer dynamic script. That type of number usually makes
more sense.
.PP
A different way of describing this behaviour is that file-based
A different way of describing this behaviour is that file based
locations are tracked as deeply as possible, and where this is not
possible the lines are counted based on the smallest possible
\fBeval\fR or procedure body, as that scope is usually easier to find
@@ -234,112 +284,152 @@ counted relative to the start of each word (smallest scope)
.TP
\fBinfo functions \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not given, returns a list of all the math
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the math
functions currently defined.
If \fIpattern\fR is given, returns only those names that match
\fIpattern\fR according to \fBstring match\fR.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those functions whose name matches
\fIpattern\fR are returned. Matching is determined using the same
rules as for \fBstring match\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo globals \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not given, returns a list of all the names
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the names
of currently-defined global variables.
Global variables are variables in the global namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is given, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
are returned. Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo hostname\fR
.
Returns the name of the current host.
This name is not guaranteed to be the fully-qualified domain
name of the host. Where machines have several different names, as is
Returns the name of the computer on which this invocation is being
executed.
Note that this name is not guaranteed to be the fully qualified domain
name of the host. Where machines have several different names (as is
common on systems with both TCP/IP (DNS) and NetBIOS-based networking
installed, it is the name that is suitable for TCP/IP networking that
installed,) it is the name that is suitable for TCP/IP networking that
is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo level\fR ?\fIlevel\fR?
\fBinfo level\fR ?\fInumber\fR?
.
If \fInumber\fR is not given, the level this routine was called from.
Otherwise returns the complete command active at the given level. If
\fInumber\fR is greater than \fB0\fR, it is the desired level. Otherwise, it
is \fInumber\fR levels up from the current level. A complete command is the
words in the command, with all subsitutions performed, meaning that it is a
list. See \fBuplevel\fR for more information on levels.
If \fInumber\fR is not specified, this command returns a number
giving the stack level of the invoking procedure, or 0 if the
command is invoked at top-level. If \fInumber\fR is specified,
then the result is a list consisting of the name and arguments for the
procedure call at level \fInumber\fR on the stack. If \fInumber\fR
is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers
to the top-most active procedure, 2 to the procedure it called, and
so on); otherwise it gives a level relative to the current level
(0 refers to the current procedure, -1 to its caller, and so on).
See the \fBuplevel\fR command for more information on what stack
levels mean.
.TP
\fBinfo library\fR
.
Returns the value of \fBtcl_library\fR, which is the name of the library
directory in which the scripts distributed with Tcl scripts are stored.
Returns the name of the library directory in which standard Tcl
scripts are stored.
This is actually the value of the \fBtcl_library\fR
variable and may be changed by setting \fBtcl_library\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo loaded \fR?\fIinterp\fR? ?\fIpackage\fR?
.
Returns the name of each file loaded in \fIinterp\fR va \fBload\fR as part of
\fIpackage\fR . If \fIpackage\fR is not given, returns a list where each item
is the name of the loaded file and the name of the package for which the file
was loaded. For a statically-loaded package the name of the file is the empty
string. For \fInterp\fR, the empty string is the current interpreter.
Returns the filename loaded as part of \fIpackage\fR. If \fIpackage\fR
is not specified, returns a list describing all of the packages
that have been loaded into \fIinterp\fR with the \fBload\fR command.
Each list element is a sub-list with two elements consisting of the
name of the file from which the package was loaded and the name of
the package.
For statically-loaded packages the file name will be an empty string.
If \fIinterp\fR is omitted then information is returned for all packages
loaded in any interpreter in the process.
To get a list of just the packages in the current interpreter, specify
an empty string for the \fIinterp\fR argument.
.TP
\fBinfo locals \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is given, returns the name of each local variable matching
\fIpattern\fR according to \fBstring match\fR. Otherwise, returns the name of
each local variable. A variables defined with the \fBglobal\fR, \fBupvar\fR or
\fBvariable\fR is not local.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the names
of currently-defined local variables, including arguments to the
current procedure, if any.
Variables defined with the \fBglobal\fR, \fBupvar\fR and
\fBvariable\fR commands will not be returned.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
are returned. Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR
.
Returns the absolute pathname of the program for the current interpreter. If
such a file can not be identified an empty string is returned.
Returns the full path name of the binary file from which the application
was invoked. If Tcl was unable to identify the file, then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo object\fI subcommand object\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.
Returns information about the object named \fIobject\fR. \fIsubcommand\fR is
described \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
Returns information about the object, \fIobject\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.TP
\fBinfo patchlevel\fR
.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_patchLevel\fR, in which the
exact version of the Tcl library initially stored.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_patchLevel\fR, which holds
the exact version of the Tcl library by default.
.TP
\fBinfo procs \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the names of all visible procedures. If \fIpattern\fR is given, returns
only those names that match according to \fBstring match\fR. Only the final
component in \fIpattern\fR is actually considered a pattern. Any qualifying
components simply select a namespace. See \fBNAMESPACE RESOLUTION\fR in the
\fBnamespace\fR(n) documentation.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the
names of Tcl command procedures in the current namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified,
only those procedure names in the current namespace
matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.
Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
If \fIpattern\fR contains any namespace separators, they are used to
select a namespace relative to the current namespace (or relative to
the global namespace if \fIpattern\fR starts with \fB::\fR) to match
within; the matching pattern is taken to be the part after the last
namespace separator.
.TP
\fBinfo script\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
.
Returns the pathname of the innermost script currently being evaluated, or the
empty string if no pathname can be determined. If \fIfilename\fR is given,
sets the return value of any future calls to \fBinfo script\fR for the duration
of the innermost active script. This is useful in virtual file system
applications.
If a Tcl script file is currently being evaluated (i.e. there is a
call to \fBTcl_EvalFile\fR active or there is an active invocation
of the \fBsource\fR command), then this command returns the name
of the innermost file being processed. If \fIfilename\fR is specified,
then the return value of this command will be modified for the
duration of the active invocation to return that name. This is
useful in virtual file system applications.
Otherwise the command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBinfo sharedlibextension\fR
.
Returns the extension used on this platform for names of shared libraries, e.g.
\fB.so\fR under Solaris. Returns the empty string if shared libraries are not
supported on this platform.
Returns the extension used on this platform for the names of files
containing shared libraries (for example, \fB.so\fR under Solaris).
If shared libraries are not supported on this platform then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo tclversion\fR
.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_version\fR, in which the
major and minor version of the Tcl library are stored.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_version\fR, which holds the
major and minor version of the Tcl library by default.
.TP
\fBinfo vars\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not given, returns the names of all visible variables. If
\fIpattern\fR is given, returns only those names that match according to
\fBstring match\fR. Only the last component of \fIpattern\fR is a pattern.
Other components identify a namespace. See \fBNAMESPACE RESOLUTION\fR in the
\fBnamespace\fR(n) documentation. When \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
results are fully qualified.
A variable that has declared but not yet defined is included in the results.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of all the names of currently-visible variables.
This includes locals and currently-visible globals.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
are returned. Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
\fIpattern\fR can be a qualified name like \fBFoo::option*\fR.
That is, it may specify a particular namespace
using a sequence of namespace names separated by double colons (\fB::\fR),
and may have pattern matching special characters
at the end to specify a set of variables in that namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
the resulting list of variable names
has each matching namespace variable qualified with the name
of its namespace.
Note that a currently-visible variable may not yet
.QW exist
if it has not
been set (e.g. a variable declared but not set by \fBvariable\fR).
.SS "CLASS INTROSPECTION"
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo class\fR:
@@ -391,24 +481,6 @@ list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a form
suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and
the second element is the body of the method.
.TP
\fBinfo class definitionnamespace\fI class\fR ?\fIkind\fR?
.VS TIP524
This subcommand returns the definition namespace for \fIkind\fR definitions of
the class \fIclass\fR; the definition namespace only affects the instances of
\fIclass\fR, not \fIclass\fR itself. The \fIkind\fR can be either
\fB\-class\fR to return the definition namespace used for \fBoo::define\fR, or
\fB\-instance\fR to return the definition namespace used for
\fBoo::objdefine\fR; the \fB\-class\fR kind is default (though this is only
actually useful on classes that are subclasses of \fBoo::class\fR).
.RS
.PP
If \fIclass\fR does not provide a definition namespace of the given kind,
this command returns the empty string. In those circumstances, the
\fBoo::define\fR and \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands look up which definition
namespace to use using the class inheritance hierarchy.
.RE
.VE TIP524
.TP
\fBinfo class destructor\fI class\fR
.
This subcommand returns the body of the destructor of class \fIclass\fR. If no
@@ -433,7 +505,7 @@ instances to those that match it according to the rules of \fBstring match\fR.
.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
class called \fIclass\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
given, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
@@ -510,7 +582,7 @@ This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the class named \fIclass\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
class's methods, constructor and destructor).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is given, this lists the private variables
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.SS "OBJECT INTROSPECTION"
@@ -548,7 +620,7 @@ methods.
.TP
\fBinfo object class\fI object\fR ?\fIclassName\fR?
.
If \fIclassName\fR is not given, this subcommand returns class of the
If \fIclassName\fR is unspecified, this subcommand returns class of the
\fIobject\fR object. If \fIclassName\fR is present, this subcommand returns a
boolean value indicating whether the \fIobject\fR is of that class.
.TP
@@ -617,7 +689,7 @@ direct or indirect).
.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
object called \fIobject\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
given, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
@@ -687,7 +759,7 @@ This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the object named \fIobject\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
object's methods).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is given, this lists the private variables
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.TP
+2 -2
View File
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ slave interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If no arguments are
given, option and current setting are returned. If \fB\-frame\fR
is given, the debug setting is set to the given boolean if provided
and the current setting is returned.
This only affects the output of \fBinfo frame\fR, in that exact
This only effects the output of \fBinfo frame\fR, in that exact
frame-level information for command invocation at the bytecode level
is only captured with this setting on.
.RS
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ attempts are silently ignored. This is needed to maintain the
consistency of the underlying interpreter's state.
.RE
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...\fR?
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...?\fR
.
Deletes zero or more interpreters given by the optional \fIpath\fR
arguments, and for each interpreter, it also deletes its slaves. The
+1 -1
View File
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
.SH NAME
lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlindex \fIlist\fR ?\fIindex ...\fR?
\fBlindex \fIlist ?index ...?\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
+1 -1
View File
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ The following is a minimal extension:
.CS
#include <tcl.h>
#include <stdio.h>
static int fooCmd(ClientData clientData,
static int fooCmd(void *clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) {
printf("called with %d arguments\en", objc);
return TCL_OK;
-96
View File
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Peter Spjuth. All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lpop n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lpop \- Get and remove an element in a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlpop \fIvarName ?index ...?\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBlpop\fR command accepts a parameter, \fIvarName\fR, which
it interprets as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list.
It also accepts one or more \fIindices\fR into
the list. If no indices are presented, it defaults to "end".
.PP
When presented with a single index, the \fBlpop\fR command
addresses the \fIindex\fR'th element in it, removes if from the list
and returns the element.
.PP
If \fIindex\fR is negative or greater or equal than the number
of elements in \fI$varName\fR, then an error occurs.
.PP
The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as
for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
.PP
If additional \fIindex\fR arguments are supplied, then each argument is
used in turn to address an element within a sublist designated
by the previous indexing operation,
allowing the script to remove elements in sublists.
The command,
.PP
.CS
\fBlpop\fR a 1 2
.CE
.PP
gets and removes element 2 of sublist 1.
.PP
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
In each of these examples, the initial value of \fIx\fR is:
.PP
.CS
set x [list [list a b c] [list d e f] [list g h i]]
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f} {g h i}\fR
.CE
.PP
The indicated value becomes the new value of \fIx\fR
(except in the last case, which is an error which leaves the value of
\fIx\fR unchanged.)
.PP
.CS
\fBlpop\fR x 0
\fI\(-> {d e f} {g h i}\fR
\fBlpop\fR x 2
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f}\fR
\fBlpop\fR x end
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f}\fR
\fBlpop\fR x end-1
\fI\(-> {a b c} {g h i}\fR
\fBlpop\fR x 2 1
\fI\(-> {a b c} {d e f} {g i}\fR
\fBlpop\fR x 2 3 j
\fI\(-> list index out of range\fR
.CE
.PP
In the following examples, the initial value of \fIx\fR is:
.PP
.CS
set x [list [list [list a b] [list c d]] \e
[list [list e f] [list g h]]]
\fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {g h}}\fR
.CE
.PP
The indicated value becomes the new value of \fIx\fR.
.PP
.CS
\fBlpop\fR x 1 1 0
\fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} h}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n), lset(n)
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list, remove, pop, stack, queue
'\"Local Variables:
'\"mode: nroff
'\"End:
+1 -1
View File
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ elements to
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lremove(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, range, sublist
-55
View File
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2019 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lremove n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lremove \- Remove elements from a list by index
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlremove \fIlist\fR ?\fIindex ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBlremove\fR returns a new list formed by simultaneously removing zero or
more elements of \fIlist\fR at each of the indices given by an arbirary number
of \fIindex\fR arguments. The indices may be in any order and may be repeated;
the element at index will only be removed once. The index values are
interpreted the same as index values for the command \fBstring index\fR,
supporting simple index arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the
list. 0 refers to the first element of the list, and \fBend\fR refers to the
last element of the list.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Removing the third element of a list:
.PP
.CS
% \fBlremove\fR {a b c d e} 2
a b d e
.CE
.PP
Removing two elements from a list:
.PP
.CS
% \fBlremove\fR {a b c d e} end-1 1
a c e
.CE
.PP
Removing the same element indicated in two different ways:
.PP
.CS
% \fBlremove\fR {a b c d e} 2 end-2
a b d e
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lrange(n), lsearch(n), lsearch(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, remove
.\" Local variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" fill-column: 78
.\" End:

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More